heheheehehe hellooođ đ đ đ đ đ đđđđ
thinking very very hard about sunghoon tying his partner up and eating her out until she shakes and begs for his cock. he will 100% jerk himself off with the sole purpose of riling her up. BRO i canât unthink the thought that sunghoon will coo at her and call her bunny. TO BE CALLED BUNNY BY HOON IS CRAZY. (itâs a need )( foaming at my mouth) heâs so big and girthy damn
đâ⏠anon đ
ps: i hope youâre doing welllll hehehehehehehehe i miss talking to u
short lil thing and not proofread đ©
Sunghoonâs mouth feels so good on your pussy, and yet you canât do a damn thing about it.
Your hands, which are bound to the bedpost by ropes, scratch against the material when you try your best to pry yourself from its grip. Sunghoon only laughs at your weak attempt and the sound travels from to his clit. Every pass of his tongue feels like some sort of heaven and it doesnât help that his hands have your legs spread wide open for him. He doesnât let you close your thighs, even if youâre shaking and cumming over and over again.
Youâve been watching him hump the bed while he makes a mess of you. Heâs changed his position to stroke his cock while his tongue is all over you and it makes you want to scream.
âPretty bunny.â Sunghoon rises to his knees and smacks your pussy with his fingers before pumping his ginormous dick. âSo eager like one too.â
âPut it in me,â you whine.
Sunghoon chuckles and puts the underside of his cock on your slit, pushing himself until his balls touch your ass. He listens to you whine when he pulls back and repeats the same action.
âPussyâs so sexy.â Sunghoon mutters while he places his tip by your entrance. The wet sounds his hand makes while he pumps himself is downright sinful. You just want his cock in you but Sunghoon laughs and pushes you down with his free hand. His spongey tip feels so warm and you ache for his dick. After what feels like hours of torture, Sunghoon finally sinks into your hole and you hold onto his muscular shoulders.
âBunny, youâre so fucking tight,â he whispers against your ear. Sunghoon pulls himself back and pushes forward, making your body jolt. âWhat do you say, hm? We fuck like bunnies all night? Does that sound good?â
âNgnnn.â
âTsk.â Thrust. âNeed you to speak up, bunny.â Thrust. âWant me to fuck you hard?â
The whole series is so fucked up... i love it
pairing â serial killer!sunghoon x (f) professor!reader
genre .. warnings â smut, graphic depictions of murder, graphic depictions of violence, noncon, mentions of pregnancy, sunghoon is 43 (set in 2023)
summary â you're an accomplished detective in the detroit area and park sunghoon is a prolific serial killer. when your department sends you on its behalf to pull back his layers, you attempt to convince sunghoon to recount his experiences and unravel the mystery once and for all.
wc â 10.3k
a/n â originally posted on my blog revehae, i am not plagiarizing myself. sunghoonâs american for the plot. part 3/3 of the in my blood series. as always, feedback is appreciated!
donât like it, donât read.
the deepest prick of unease settled through you and you shuddered from its nipping cold.Â
killers were your forte, but none like this. never in your life had you ever met a killer whoâd been at their craft for over a decade. they typically got sloppy after the first half, which insinuated that this sunghoon park guy, whoever he was, was far from an ameteur.Â
âgate twelve,â came the guardâs voice, speaking into a transmitter. he was to escort you to sunghoonâs holding room.
the gate lifted. behind it, you clocked the riveting face of detroitâs worst nightmare, hands cuffed at his back as he sat facing you. there was a sort of twisted grin on his face, not as if he was excited to have a visitor, but excited his visitor had been you.
âgood luck with this guy. officers tried to get him to budge. he didnât take the fifth, but the bastardâs damn good at talking in circles,â the guard whispered in your ear.
âduly noted,â you replied quietly, stepping further and taking the seat across from sunghoon.Â
the guard left you to your devices, shutting the door behind you and leaving through the passage that led to the gate. complete and total privacy was the only way sunghoon agreed to talk. your department initially refused, insisting there should at least be one or two other officers monitoring the interview, but you let him have his way.
if you wanted to get this man to talk, that was your only option.
âhello, sunghoon. iâm detective ___ from the detroit police department,â you introduced yourself coolly, cloaking your nerves with confidence. never would you show a guy like this any fear.
sunghoon hadnât stopped grinning since he made eye contact with you. youâd seen pictures at most and he was devilishly handsome, even more so in person, but it didnât compensate for his unsettling aura. âthatâs a beautiful name, detective.â
âflattery will get you nowhere, park.â
âitâs gotten me here,â sunghoon quipped.Â
âyes, it has. and i suppose you already know why iâm here.â
âyes, i do,â sunghoon said, pleasant thus far. âyou want me to tell you about the murders.â
you bobbed your head. âi do. you see, youâre an enigma to me, sunghoon. you turn yourself in, get fingerprinted, and all of the sudden our datsbaseâs going off because your prints are connected to three other crimes over the past twenty-five years.â
sunghoon feigned surprise. âwow, itâs been that long?â
âit has,â you replied, in spite of knowing he couldnât have not been aware. âmartina mortes in 1998, sabrina lee in 2005, christine dalton in 2013, and dr. lee this year.â
sunghoon leaned back in his chair. âiâm familiar with those names.â
âyou should be. you sexually assaulted and murdered these women,â you spat, none too tender. âexcept for martina mortes. you only strangled her. do you want to tell me why that it is?â
âwhatâs the weather like today? i havenât been outside, but summer has been kind to detroit.â
ignoring him, you persisted, âlet me guess. she was your first victim and that kill, unlike the others, was spontaneous. her being dead defeated the purpose of the sex act, didnât it?â
âwell, do you like your partners warm or cold, detective?â sunghoon asked, deflecting.Â
you were heeding the guardâs warning. it seemed this guy liked to answer questions with questions, your least favorite type of offender. âthatâs why when you subsequently added the sex act to part of your crimes, you kept your victims much longer, because you like to see them suffer. until you got bored. then, you killed them and dumped their bodies like trash.â
as if he was disinterested, sunghoon glanced to the side and yawned.Â
the audacity on this guy was astounding. âam i boring you, park?â
sunghoon replied with total indifference, âif you think you know everything, then why are we here?â
you answered without hesitation, âbecause i think youâve wanted to tell someone about what youâve done for a long time, sunghoon. but you realize that youâre not like other people. iâm giving you the opportunity to get it all off of your chest.â
sunghoon cocked his head to the side, as if he was contemplating your offer. his face was borderline inscrutable. it was difficult, if not impossible, to decipher what he was thinking.
you restrained from heaving a breath. there was a crushing weight on your shoulders, the expectation to get this guy to crack. if you couldnât do it, nobody would - ever. âhow many victims do you have?â
âfour.â sunghoonâs answer was quick, automatic. like he didnât even have to think about it for a second.
folding your arms on the table, you shook your head. âno, i just donât think thatâs true. see, weâre pretty sure martina mortes, your high school girlfriend, was your first victim, and the college professor was your last.â
sunghoon cocked a brow. âbut?â
âbut thereâs no way someone like you couldâve resisted your urges between four kills over the past two decades and then some.â
there was no point in denying the four victims, because you already had substantial proof. nor did sunghoon deny that martina was his first victim, because given the decomposition of the bodies, she died long before the other three. admitting that she wasnât would be admitting that there were unfound others.
and sunghoon had no intention of implicating himself more than he already had. the only reason he turned himself in was because he didnât want to prolong the inevitable, for whatever reason. he pulled his lips into a mock frown. âyour assumptions about my self-restraint are hurtful,â he replied.
whatever, moron, you thought irritability. âi think theyâre more than just assumptions.â
sunghoon teased, âthen, let me know when you know something.â
you narrowed your eyes, groaning, âoh, come on. i know and you know that you canât ignore your desires for a month, let alone over ten years. you have a compulsion. killing makes you feel powerful, it makes you feel in control, and you canât live without the high it gives you.â
âyou make me sound like an addict,â sunghoon remarked, pretending to be offended.
âit wouldnât be so far from the truth,â you said, glancing over the file at your end of the table. âthe first two kills were seven years apart. the second two kills were ten. full offense, i donât see how you could control yourself for so long.â
âyou can believe what you want, detective. i didnât kill anyone else,â sunghoon lied, not that you ever needed to know.Â
of course, he couldnât control himself. the second he took someoneâs life, it became a part of him, and his purpose in this world became clear to him. for the first time in his life, he felt as if he had something that made living worthwhile.
you surrendered. it was obvious sunghoon was intelligent and he wouldnât be easily tricked into confessing. âokay, fine. letâs talk about the victims we know of. tell me about martina mortes.â
âwhat is there to tell?â sunghoon asked, brow cocked. âwe met in junior high. then, in eleventh grade, we got together.â
âtell me about why you killed her,â you insisted, painfully curious. âit happened in chicago, before you moved to detroit over the summer. you killed her in the heat of the moment.â
sunghoon gave the impression that he would take a minute to crack, so you were surprised when he said in response to your prodding, âwe got into a wrangle, if you will.â
that much was obvious. âwhat kind of wrangle?â
the garage was hot and the air was stuffy, making it difficult to breathe. to say nothing of the frustration scorching sunghoonâs skin, his face tensed into an irritated glower.
there was something about women he never liked, the seemingly inherent ability to blow almost anything out of proportion, as exhibited now as his girlfriend screamed in his face. his stepmother was the same, never not coming up with a reason to fuss at him. he was always walking on eggshells around that woman.Â
martina was bristling. âyou always fucking do this, sunghoon.â
sunghoon heaved a breath, sighing, âwhat - what do i always do, martina?â
âyou trivialize everything i go through. you make me feel like iâm overreacting when iâm not, you just refuse to hold yourself accountable,â she spat.Â
âmartina, weâre about to go to college, for fuckâs sake! you canât focus on your academics and a goddamn child. i donât get why you wonât just have an abortion and call it a day,â sunghoon roared, heating up a thousand degrees.
âgod, do you listen to a word that comes out of my mouth? my parents will kill me, sunghoon. if not for being pregnant at eighteen, then for killing it.â
sunghoon sighed. âi donât see the part where thatâs my problem.â
tears blurred martinaâs eyes. she came up to him, shattered by his carelessness and embraced by isolation, and bellowed, âyou want to know what your problem is? your problem is that youâre an incompetent bastard with no regard for other people!â
sunghoonâs body was engulfed in flames but his shoulders were cold, and he lost control of his emotions, grabbing martina by the throat. he effortlessly lifted her with a single hand and smashed her against the closest wall none too gently, watching her eyes wince closed.
âyou wanna say that again?â sunghoon asked, nothing short of belligerent.
ache spread out through the back of martinaâs head, a ceaseless throbbing worse than any hungover. her feet dangled off of the ground, waving and kicking, fingers weakly prying at the ones pressing down on her windpipe. until she was completely still, legs dropping, hands going limp at her sides.
âi didnât even realize how long i spent standing there, until she felt⊠empty, and i knew she was gone,â sunghoon confessed, but his tone was far from sympathetic. âshe scratched me. you know, when she was trying to pry my hands off. i didnât know until hours later.â
you shook your head, disdainful. âyou killed your pregnant girlfriend?â
sunghoon groaned, âoh, please. i was eighteen. i wouldâve been a terrible father.â
âi would be slightly more inclined to accept that as an excuse if it werenât for the fact that you had a son by sabrina lee only two years later,â you said viciously.
âa lot can change in two years.â
âiâm sure it did.â your eyes flickered over the file again, but nothing would allow you to familiarize yourself with this killer more than talking to him yourself. âfor example, you realized just how much you liked killing.â
if sunghoon couldâve raised his hands, he wouldâve. âyour words, not mine.â
you leaned over the table, unrelenting. âtell me about it, sunghoon. how did it feel when you strangled her with your bare hands? what was it like?â
sunghoon chuckled. âis that what you wanna hear?â
you nodded.Â
sunghoon leaned in too, getting closer to you, and whispered in your ear, âi squeezed every last breath out of her, one by one, until there was nothing left for her brain and she went slack in my arms. and when i was done, i felt elated. i felt free. it woke up this dormant sensation inside of me that i swore to never repress again, because it made me feel alive.â
your lungs started to feel shallower, like no breath could reach the bottom, and you sensed your heart come to a halt for a minute. sunghoon pulled back, grinning from ear to ear, as if he was proud of himself.Â
âdetective, did i startle you?â sunghoon asked, tilting his head ever so slightly.Â
your face hardened. âwhy would you ever think that?â
âyouâre not as good at feigning indifference as you think you are, detective. full offense,â he mimicked, mocking.
heâs just a fragile man that kills women to make him feel better about himself, because he needs to be in control. donât give him power over you. thatâs what he wants, you said to yourself, shutting any and all other thoughts. âso, you killed martina, nobody could connect her disappearance to you, and by the time they discovered her body you were already studying for college two states over.â
sunghoon ignored you, at least for a little. he was taking a liking to making you feel uneasy around him. âhas anyone ever told you how gorgeous you are?â he asked out of nowhere.
âyou arenât my type. i donât fool around with serial killers,â you replied sharply.
sunghoon didnât seem to be offended, but you didnât expect him to. âreally now? it feels like weâre on a date right now. after all, we are getting to know each other.â
you asked, âhave you always had such a distorted perception of normal human interaction?â
sunghoon shot with no hesitation, âhave you always had such a sharp mouth?â
you pulled yourself together. the only way you would get anywhere with this guy was by establishing that you were the one in control. âokay, enough. this is my interview, park. you answer my questions, not vice versa.â
âthatâs not any fair,â sunghoon told you, that unnerving smile still on his lips. âi donât have to tell you anything, you know. and without me, you lose the only key to those answers you want so badly.â
âyou shutting up doesnât make much of a difference, considering youâre already dodging my questions,â you replied.
âletâs play a game,â sunghoon suggested.
you werenât in the mood for any games, but that was sunghoonâs method of operation. âi donât like games.â
âyouâll like this one,â sunghoon insisted, laughing. âtwenty questions.â
your shoulders dropped. âam i supposed to be guessing something?â
sunghoon shook his head, something sinister about him. âno, itâs much easier than that. we take turns asking each other questions until iâve answered ten and youâve unanswered ten.â
you stared into his eyes, willing yourself not to break contact. he was just as relentless, silently cocking a brow at you, as if to challenge. and you werenât an idiot. thatâs exactly what it was. you asserted, âi go first, you can only ask me yes or no questions, and if i donât like your final answer i get to press you for another.â
sunghoon slightly lifted his shoulders in a nonchalant shrug. âyes, maâam.â
âokay,â you started. âwhat made you move from illinois to michigan?â
âi was kicked out of the house. didnât have anywhere else to go. but i had a buddy here whose family took me in,â sunghoon answered frankly.
you pondered those words, wondering if his aforementioned buddy knew about his secret indulgences. or if he asked why sunghoonâs parents kicked him out of their home. it wouldâve been the question scratching at your mind, itching to be answered.
sunghoonâs lips parted. âwhat kind of perfume are you wearing - honey lavender?â
âyes,â you said, focusing your attention on anything but the possibilities of how he couldâve known that. heâd been with so many people to the point where he just knew. âwhy did you get kicked out of the house?â
âmy dad always thought there was something different about me, ever since i was a child. he was a nasty piece of work. he found my journal, read a couple of things i wrote, and decided there was no hope for me in the house,â sunghoon ranted.
that piqued your curiosity. âwhat did you write about?â
âwait your turn,â sunghoon sang. âyour hair smells just as lovely as the rest of you. do you match scents all the time?â
you were mildly uncomfortable, but given the type of dude he was, you stifled it. âyes. you donât have to be such a pervert all the time, you know?â
again, sunghoon rolled his shoulders, chirping, âyou call it perverse. i call it amusing.â
you almost cursed under your breath when you realize youâd asked him a question. âwait, i didnât mean to askâŠâ
sunghoon cut you off, âthatâs too bad. itâs my turn again. do you like necklaces?â
ânot ones made out of fingers,â you retorted. it was meant to be a joke to hide how unsettled you were, hyper aware of the necklace dangling around your neck. you could feel invisible pressure on your throat.
sunghoon snickered. âiâll admit that was funny.â
you pressed, âwhat did you write about in the journal?â
âmy dreams,â he admitted vaguely, though in reality, he wrote endlessly about his corrupt fantasies of abusing women. some pages were about his stepsister, and there was a few about what heâd done to martina, though not explicitly. âyou have the most beautiful eyes. theyâre the perfect shade.â
you were certain he had told many other girls those same words and were not flattered in the slightest. the glare you were giving him was ferocious. âiâm not sure if thereâs a question in there somewhere.â
âdo you think your eyes are pretty?â
âi havenât really thought about it,â you told him, quick to change the topic. youâd encountered your fair share of stranglers and it was no secret why he was so interested in your eyes. âwas your relationship with your father estranged?â
ânothing was enough for that man. i had the top grades in my class and the highest gpa, and he took my door off its hinges and seized my privacy,â sunghoon told you, words harsh, but his tone plain. âhe was obsessed with being the perfect family, something that was ruined the second my mother destroyed everything, and rather than embrace me, he turned me away.â
your eyes flickered. there was something about his language that stood out to you. courtesy of the research youâd done on him beforehand, you were aware that his father was divorced then remarried his stepmother, who already had a daughter sunghoonâs age. but rather than describe his parentâs separation as a divorce, he said his mother destroyed everything.
what a hostile view towards women, you mused, repulsed. but given the nature of his crimes, it adds up. and it mightâve been the origin of his hatred.
his family was twisted. you couldnât fathom how his father, aware of just how unwell his son was, clocked his abusive fantasies towards women, and instead of getting him the help he needed, he left him to his own devices to slaughter them as he pleased.
you blinked when sunghoon leaned, craning his face towards yours, and snapped out of your reverie when you jolted back.Â
âthere you are,â sunghoon said, chuckling at your surprise. it was all over your face. âiâve been talking to myself all this time. you mustâve been thinking about me.â
âno, not really. i was wondering if i forgot to feed my dog last night.â it was an obvious lie, but you would never encourage this guy to feel more important than he was.
amusement gleamed in sunghoonâs eyes. he was having a wonderful time, truth be told. had you not been so pretty, he wouldâve clamped up like a crab, but you were so pleasing to the eye that he didnât mind confessing a couple of truths. âa dog. thatâs interesting. i myself have always wanted a pet - a snake. the constricting kind are my favorite.â
âyou donât say,â you droned, voice dripping with crisp irony.
your sarcasm was chucklesome to sunghoon, but his words were the truth. he remembered, all those years ago, asking his father for a pet snake. and when he refused, sunghoon, in turn, killed the family dog. he added, âthey donât just suffocate their prey. they coil around them, almost like a straitjacket, and cut off its blood supply.â
you replied, âyeah, but animals hunt to survive. you hunted because you had nothing better to do with your life.â
âin my humble opinion, weâre all animals of nature, and creatures of sin,â sunghoon told you in a whisper, as if he were telling you a secret of some kind. âanyways, itâs my turn now.â
you resisted a disgruntled exhale.Â
like his questions couldnât get any more absurd and strangely perverse, sunghoon asked, âwhen you shower, what do you use - a washcloth or a loofah?â
âthatâs not a yes or no question,â you replied with total disinterest.Â
âitâs hardly any less simple.â
âa washcloth,â you replied, though only because you needed to ask him your questions and resisting an answer would only waste valuable time. âwhy did you wait so long before killing sabrina lee?â
sunghoon smiled at the mention of his sonâs mother, but the grin on his lips was distinguishable from the others. like he didnât even realize he was smiling. âshe was special. i loved her.â
âno, you didnât. you donât hurt people that you love.â
âmaybe thatâs true for you, but youâve called me everything but a child of god and itâs clear you donât think you and i are alike,â sunghoon said. âi donât miss her, though, because she left a better print on this world. a world that was never made for her in the first place.â
a better print on this world. your brows furrowed, until you remembered the child they shared together. âyou know what i think? i think whatever you felt for your sonâs mother was the closest thing to love youâll ever be able to pull from your ugly black heart.â
âyouâre very strongly opinionated,â sunghoon responded, ever so unbothered. maybe some decades ago, it wouldâve irked him to the point of breaking, but he was much more in charge of his impulses now.
you lifted your shoulders, gazing at him with the most discerning of eyes. all he could think about was how nice it wouldâve been to seize you by the throat and watch the light dull from them.
to your surprise, sunghoonâs next question was not as a deviant as you assumed it would be, asking, âwhat made you decide you wanted to become a detective?â
âbecause of the people i used to know that arenât around to tell you why,â you answered distantly, before pressing, âhow was sabrina different, sunghoon?â
sunghoon perched over the table again, an uncomfortable distance close to you, made worse by his whispers. âbecause unlike the others, she didnât beg me to stop - she begged me to finish. for it to be over. and when i wouldnât, she begged me to kill her.â
the mental picture you got was cruel. your heart hurt for these women that had no idea what hit them until it was too late.Â
âi put these women out of their misery,â sunghoon continued.Â
you spat in a heartbeat, âthe misery that you forced them to endure.â
sunghoon winced. âno, these women were miserable long before they met me. they were just ignorant of it. impressionability is a weakness.â
âeither you have one hell of a god complex or you are working overtime to justify your sick actions.â
sunghoon merely shrugged, vicious and ominous and everything in between. there was something so dark about his spirit. you could feel it just from sitting within a couple of feet of him.Â
sunghoonâs memories were triggered. he was reminiscing about the times he shared with his sonâs mother, how perfect she was. there were no other women like her. she was his favorite victim, someone he took his sweet time with, while the others were disposed of in a few months time.Â
midnight loomed, riding on the tail of dusk. sunghoon was counting down the minutes until the clock struck twelve, a self-imposed rule to gauge his willpower. the second the hour came, he bolted from the crackling sound of the cabinâs fireplace to a bedroom, anticipation like a stimulant.
the wooden floorboards creaked the closer sunghoon crept to the door. save for himself and the woman chained to the bedpost, the cabin was void of life. it belonged to the parents of a close friend who ensured it was vacant whenever sunghoon needed a place to indulge his twisted fantasies.
which was basically all of the time.
he meandered inside with a crisp bottle of water in hand, droplets condensing at its sides. sabrina laid right where he left her, just as broken, dreading her next breath. tape adhered to the flesh over her mouth, muffling her whimpers. there was nobody around for miles, the cabin was totally isolated, but it was a safety measure.
the chains were used likewise. when sunghoon was not there, the restraints kept her prisoner. sunghoon, reckless as he could be back then, was many things and stupid was not one of them. the chains stretched long enough to reach the bathroom but no further and he had his loyal friend help him test it after each victim.
âcan you go further?â sunghoon called out.
heeseungâs lower limbs were shackled, ceasing his footsteps just shy of the hallway as he came to a total standstill. ânot if i want my legs to follow me,â heâd retorted.
sunghoon had snickered. âgood.â
had sunghoon been there, though, he would take the chains off. none of this was fair, even sunghoon didnât believe that, but not giving them the chance to fight was too unfair. he needed not to chain them when he had the gift of his big, burly arms.
sunghoon waltzed over with a lighthearted and carefree gait, as if this was just another wednesday afternoon to him. and in some sick, despicable way, that wasnât too far from the truth. he ripped the tape from sabrinaâs lips, watching her face tense with pain.
âsunghoon,â sabrina rasped, voice croaking. he could tell from her flushed face and misty eyes that sheâd been crying. âiâm thirsty.â
sunghoon cocked a brow, glancing to his hand. he had an irritating knack for playing dumb. it used to be endearing. now, with everything she knew to be true torn from her bare hands, sabrina didnât know what to think. âwhat - you want this?â
sabrina nodded.
âyeah?â he popped off the top, throwing back a few gulps just before releasing a satisfied, âah.â
sabrinaâs lips trembled. âplease.â
had she been anybody else, sunghoon probably wouldâve dangled the water in her face just to snatch it away, but there was something about sabrina that made him gravitate towards her. in a rare moment of benevolence, sunghoon handed her the water, letting her drink.
she didnât drink in short sips, but in giant gulps as if sheâd known for some time that theyâd be her last. when her thirst was satiated, she wiped her mouth with the back of her hand, handing the bottle back, and whispered, âthank you.â
sunghoon set the drink aside before returning to her, unshackling her limbs. sabrinaâs breath quickened the moment the chains clacked harshly against the floor and nearly stilled when he brought his hand to her flushed face, tracing her chapped lips with a calloused thumb.
his thoughts rushed with unbridled exhilaration, ablaze with suspense, but he slowed for a moment to marvel at her loveliness. sunghoonâs hand touched her hair, touch tender in ways it would never be again, because he would never again know a woman as great as her.
he brought his lips to her ear, nibbling at the shell before asking, âdo you know what i want you to do?â
sabrina bobbed her head, starting to halfheartedly peel off her clothes without needing to be told. with so many days held prisoner in this hell hole, it became routine. like sheâd already resigned herself to her fate and knew sunghoon getting his way was inevitable. he always got what he wanted.
to be frank, it came out of nowhere. she never saw this twisted side of him coming. all she knew was that she became suspicious of his lack of family presence and it was too late when she saw him for the monster that he was, and then she woke here.
it had to have been months ago, although sabrina couldnât have been sure how many. everyday started to bleed into the static hopelessness of another. sometimes sunghoon wouldnât show for days, leaving her to live antsily, dreading his unavoidable return. other times, he would spend a day or two in the cabin, fucking her into kingdom come.Â
as if she couldnât be any more faultless. sunghoon smirked. âsmart girl,â he purred. he would never deny her wit, given that sheâd caught onto him, but her lack of strength was her only vice.
sunghoon restlessly tossed his own shirt over his naked shoulder and came to step out of his boxers. there was mischief on his plush lips. he knew something sabrina only knew from the unkind churn of her gut.
the end was more than near. it loomed over her, relentless and remorseless, and all she could like it to was dark and leaden clouds in a somber sky. even then, there was almost nothing she wouldnât give to see the world again, but sheâd long kissed that hope goodbye.
âdown,â sunghoon told her, tone dark and stern.
she pliantly did as told, bare back meeting the mattress. sunghoon crept over her, hard cock twitching at the sight of her so meek. typically, he liked when they put up a fight, but sabrina knew better.
sunghoon could tell she was fighting back tears, willing herself not to cry with a stabilized breath, but her endeavors were in vain the second he started to force his way inside her. they escaped her eyes and dampened her cheeks, unable to overlook the agony of the stretch.Â
âshh, baby,â sunghoon crooned in her ear, the weight of his body bearing down onto hers. âwhatâs the matter? you used to beg me to fuck you.â
sabrina shook her head, silently pleading for a mercy she knew deep down that sunghoon wasnât capable of. âplease make it quick.â
sunghoonâs tone was almost sweet. âbut baby, you told me you wanted to spend the rest of your life with me, remember?âÂ
sunghoon knew that his words werenât reassuring and he didnât intend for them to be. there was a reason why he loved how she tried to hold herself together. he got to push her limits, find her breaking point. in the end, she would get her wish, and in a way, sunghoon thought that that was love.
her walls were just as tight and vice-like as theyâd been all those times heâd taken her before. if sunghoon got close enough to her, let his hands wander and tease as they never not had done, sabrina would still involuntarily gush around his cock. like her body knew she was forever a slave to his touch.Â
just looking at her face as she wept sent shock waves of pleasure rippling through his dick and chest. sabrina didnât cry in noisy, gasping sobs. her tears dripped from her thick lashes quietly, mouth parting in the most silent of whimpers.
and she orgasmed the same way, sunghoon remembered. back when things were normal between them, when she begged for him to fuck her, as he called it, her release was marked by a volatile shudder, but a silent cry of ecstasy.
sunghoon pushed sabrinaâs lips into an upward curling with his thumb and index finger. âsmile for the camera, sabrina,â he whispered.
sabrinaâs brows furrowed, painfully oblivious to the camera tracking her every emote. sunghoon couldnât not document his deeds. there was something about being able to play them over, immersing himself back in that moment over and over, even when the life itself could not be so easily brought back.
but for sunghoon, they could be. when he rewatched these videos again and again, it was like he could feel their pulses thump in their neck, resuscitating.
sunghoonâs hands were everywhere, fingertips traipsing towards sabrinaâs neck where marks lingered from all the times heâd strangled her, only to slacken his grip when she was just shy of passing out. the bruises were different colors, indicative of different healing stages. sabrina tensed, startled, and wondered when it would all be over.
âsunghoon.â sabrina was overcome with defeat. her voice cracked as she asked, âsunghoon, please just cum.â
sunghoonâs face tensed with pleasure. âfuck, babe, when you say it like thatâŠâ
he stood at the brink of climax, threatening to teeter over, and there was only one thing that could knock him over quicker than anything else. it wouldnât be anything she said, anything she did, but only a weakness sunghoon had the power to wield against himself.
âyou want me to finish?â
sabrina nodded.Â
sunghoon chuckled darkly. âthen, in that case, itâs time for you to get your wish, baby.â
he watched her shoulders slump, releasing all hope of ever knowing anything different again and accepting that this was where things ended. thinking about the feeling he remembered none too distantly, one that almost seemed to keep his blood pumping through him, in a way, sunghoonâs fingers itched.
sunghoon lifted his hands, bringing them to sabrinaâs face, but before he could touch her, she exclaimed, âwait, sunghoon!â
his brow cocked.Â
sabrinaâs lips trembled. âcan you tell me what today is? please?â
âwednesday,â sunghoon replied, holding his hands around her neck, but keeping his grip slack. for now.
âwednesday,â sabrina said, pulling her lips into the faintest of smiles as tears blurred her vision. âwill you tell jake that i hope he has an amazing thursday?â
âthat can be arranged,â sunghoon said, grinning.
sabrina nodded, setting her mind at ease. sheâd already made peace with this day some months ago. she never knew when it come, but she saw it as something bound to happen. âthank you,â she whispered.Â
those were her last words. because when sunghoon tightened his grip at her throat, almost like tightening a noose, he couldnât bring himself to stop in spite of the agonized gleam in her stare. and then her stare was empty, and sunghoon had already emptied his load inside of her.
to describe the sensation he got from killing in a way that captured its essence would be impossible. it was more than feeling the life leave her. it was more than watching her eyes become soulless. it was a release, a way of relinquishing all of the vacantness he harbored, and knowing that his heart was still there.
it would always return, sometimes as soon as the next day, but for a minute, sunghoon was whole and no drug could replicate that kind of contentedness.
sunghoon did tell jake what sabrina said. he wasnât all too sure why, maybe it was because she was his mother and jake was her son that theyâd created together, and sunghoon would never have it any other way. for her to be the one to give him a child, he couldnât imagine any other woman in her place.
it was almost unfortunate that she had to go so soon. even sunghoon thought that her demise was premature. had she not grown so suspicious of him, sunghoon could imagine making her his wife, maybe even spending the rest of his life with her.
their marriage wouldnât have been without his secret dark life, but sabrina wouldnâtâve been a victim. alas, loose ends needed to be tied. sunghoon couldnât trust that she wouldâve kept quiet, and even then, she was in a much more fitting place for an angel like herself.
there was much of this memory that would be abridged. never would sunghoon reveal anything about the cabin or the dear friend that helped him commit his indulgences, or even the existence of the tapes. if they found those videos, that was proof of murder with a grand total of 106 women.
the air around you was heavy and the words youâd just been fed werenât easily take in. âwhat youâre just told me is really sad.â
but sunghoon didnât look sad. whether or not he ever truly cared for sabrina would perpetually be a mystery. âmaybe,â he started. âbut tell me that you wouldnât hurt the person you loved most if it was what was best for them.â
âi did. but what i had to do is different from what you were.â
sunghoonâs interest was piqued. âhow come?â
âit was my responsibility to decide whether or not to take my sister off of the ventilator. there was no hope for her,â you confessed, though brushed over it quickly. âwhat happened to your ex-wife?â
ânot that interesting of a story,â sunghoon said. âshe wasnât sabrina, i got tired of her, here we are.â
âand yet she wasnât a one-off like martina mortes.â
âhad she been a one-off, my body count would be one number higher. that was a favor,â sunghoon told you, grinning as if you actually had something to be grateful for.
you didnât waste a second to accuse, âbecause you need to keep your victims to extract all the relief that you can from them, right?â
âiâm afraid itâs not your turn to ask questions,â sunghoon replied tauntingly. âwhat was your sister like - did she have long hair? what color were her eyes? how long were her lashes?â
sick son of a bitch, bellowed the voice in your head, though you willed yourself to remain composed. it was plain on his face that sunghoon didnât want an answer - he wanted a reaction. and as furious as that made you, you couldnât let him provoke you. âthatâs none of your business,â you said, but there was a loophole. âbut she was beloved.â
that qualified as an answer. sunghoon glanced at you in a way that made you feel see-through, as if he knew that you were threatening to come apart at the seams and didnât buy your nonchalance for a minute.Â
sated, he went on to feed you bullshit about his ex-wifeâs death, though there were only four people who knew what truly happened to her and one of them was dead.
sunghoon remembered that day like it happened yesterday. it was a thursday evening when heâd come home from work. christine had picked jake up from school hours ago and sunghoon wholly expected to come home to her in the kitchen.
it was dark outside. the moon was a mere sliver and the stars were duller than they typically were, almost like they had witnessed something that drained their spirits. sunghoon remembered struggling to identify his house key, trying each of them until the door clicked open.
âiâm home,â sunghoonâs voice thundered as he turned to lock the door.Â
there were quick footsteps from upstairs. jake, sunghoon thought, more than familiarized with the sound. but there was none of christineâs usual voice.
âdad, iâm hungry,â came jakeâs voice from the stairs, coming down them one by one.
that in itself shouldâve been suspicious, but instead, all sunghoon could think about was how sabrina wouldâve already fed her son. âhasnât christine made dinner by now?â sunghoon asked, irritated.
jake shook his head, though sunghoon couldnât see. he was hanging his coat on the rack, like he always did after he locked the door. âshe canât right now.â
âwhy not?â
âbecause i think sheâs dead,â jake replied, nonchalant as ever.
that was the very second that sunghoon turned around and noticed that jake was stained with blood. it was all over his face and the spots would probably never come out of his clothes, not that they would be kept.
for half a minute, sunghoon was genuinely stunned.
jake didnât say what happened, and there was no need to. âthe blood wonât come off,â was all he said, showing his father the pair of hands that heâd washed with vigor.
sunghoon heaved a breath. he shouldâve seen this coming. jake took after his father and he never liked christine. to say the least, sunghoon couldnât blame him. âwhere is she?â
âwhere they all go,â jake replied, as if it was the most normal and natural thing in the world to him.Â
sunghoon headed for the basement with quick footsteps, jake following behind. if somebody were to come down there, they wouldnât suspect a thing. not only was it decorated to look like one, but it was used as a man cave. behind a soundproof wall, though, was a dungeon for his prisoners.Â
in this case, there was a trail of blood leading to the wall, proof that jake had somehow brought christine there after he hurt her. sunghoon entered the cell and saw her there behind the bars, coming to her side to check her pulse.Â
pressing his thumb to her wrist and neck, sunghoon sensed a pulse, though it was weakening. âsheâs not dead,â he said, wresting his phone out of his pocket.
jake didnât look so relieved, but he didnât voice his dissatisfaction. âare you mad?â
sunghoon glanced down at christine. jake had used a kitchen knife, attacking her in the heat of the moment. she was butchered and blood-splattered, on the verge of slaughter, and yet sunghoon couldnât find it in him to offer any compassion. âthat you hurt her? no. that you made a mess? a little.â
now that was a relief. to jake, at least back then, his dad was the coolest guy that he knew.
there was quite the scene in front of him and sunghoon didnât have a thing for blood. he shook his head in reproach, chastising, âiâm going to teach you the right way to get rid of a woman when youâre sick of her.â
that piqued jakeâs curiosity.Â
sunghoon was quick to dial heeseungâs number. he had medical experience and that was what he needed right now. when the call connected, he said, âiâm in calling in a favor.â
heeseung patched her up again. at least for a few months, sunghoon still needed her breathing. they scrubbed the floors free of blood, burned jakeâs bloodied clothes, and it was as if nothing ever happened.
what sunghoon had told you was only a fraction of the truth, but still enough to make you want to grimace. it bemused you how he got away with murdering his ex-wife and nobody thought to suspect her husband with a track record of disappearing partners.
âyou want to know whatâs really amazing?â you started, though it was more like disgusting. âhow three of the women youâve killed were your significant others, and somehow, youâve only now been incriminated.â
sunghoon looked proud of himself. had it not been for jake, he probably wouldâve never been caught. âsabrina never told anyone that we dated, or that she had a baby by me. her parents wanted her to focus on her education. if they knew sheâd gotten pregnant, she wouldâve been the black sheep.â
âand you took advantage of that,â you hissed.Â
âso what if i did?â sunghoon asked, careless. ânot to mention that dozens of teenage girls in chicago were going missing at the time. they added martina to that number and called it a day. is that sad? maybe. but thatâs how it works.â
âand as for your co-worker?â you asked sharply. the boldness of his crimes astounded you. âher husband grieves her. were you having an affair?â
the thought of her made sunghoon chuckle. oh, were we, he reminisced. it was a misfortune that he didnât get the chance to have his way with her the way that he wanted. and for that reason, he couldnât regale you in a truthful account of her death.
what happened that day, the day his co-worker died, challenged his fate and was the reason that he only now knew the imprisonment he thrusted upon others.
sunghoon knew when he spotted her that he would revel in her vulnerability. married, but she hardly wore her ring. her kind was the most naive - the kind that believed ecstasy was without costly sin. one way or another, she had to reap what she sowed.
he worked his way inside her pants, but it was hardly any work; she was on a desperate pursuit for pleasure and when sunghoon promised it to her, offering content on a silver platter, she thought less with her brain and more with the throbbing between her legs.
for months, sunghoon slept with her, which was far from typical. if she were anybody else, sunghoon would have pursued her for a couple of weeks time, then banished her to the underground prison. though considering he already had a victim down there at the time, he had some time to spare.
it was no secret that she had grown fond of sunghoon in ways she hadnât been of her husband in a very long time, and though sunghoon found her to be special, in a way, he could not reciprocate her feelings. when sunghoon saw her, all he felt was the overwhelming urge to use her with a lick of remorse, and squeeze those panting breaths out of her.
it was a shame that he never got the opportunity. sunghoon already tested the bounds of his self-restraint when it came to her, each of their encounters consensual with her oblivious to his deepest, darkest desires. sometimes, his fingers would wander to her neck, but even that was wanted.
what was not wanted was the tyranny over her body that preceded her death. it bemused sunghoon to learn that his son, along with two of his friends that he thought of like brothers and sunghoon thought of like sons, ravaged her to the brink of being unrecognizable.
had sunghoon held control over the situation, he wouldnât have cared what happened to her and would have even permitted them to go to town. but what happened was somehow darker. when he got a call from the professor late that day, hearing her broken sobs over the phone, he told her to meet him at his house.
that was his first mistake.Â
it wasnât that she didnât come. she made it there, hopeful to confide in sunghoon about the nightmare that tore her apart, but it was jake that opened the front door. and when she entered, there was no hope out of her coming out breathing.
jake had been a downward spiral ever since a month ago when he stumbled upon the tape of his mother. ever since he was a boy, jake watched every tape he could find of his fatherâs dark life, even sharing them with his friends as if they were movies and not snuff.
but this was not like those. this was his mother. and watching her suffer, listening to her final request before her untimely death, broke jake in ways which he would never recover.
jake had known since he was little that his mother was dead and his father was to blame, but his understanding of what happened to her was skewed. if heâd known eighteen years ago what he knew today, when sunghoon had his own son aid him in his motherâs demise, none of it would have ever happened.
to say nothing of the fact that what sunghoon had jake do was only a mere fraction of his motherâs suffering. jake would fetch things from the other side of the cabin he vaguely remembered visiting every now and then for three months. when he was not there, which was often, he would lie to his neighbors about her whereabouts.
even though when she died he was only a kid being taken advantage of, jake hated himself for letting it happen right under his nose. he wished he wouldâve told his neighbors the truth. maybe if he had, his mother would still be alive and kicking, and he would know the only woman he ever cared for.
that was why he went after his professor that he knew his father had also been eyeing closely and having an affair with. her fate was obvious. sunghoon would entertain her for a while, somehow charm and woo his way into her pants like he did every other woman, kidnap her and keep her downstairs for three months, then kill her and identify the next victim.
but sunghoonâs liking of her was also hopelessly discernable. she was living too long. and that was a telltale sign that sunghoon took a special interest in his sonâs professor, something that jake feared would rival the affection (if it existed) for his mother.
jake was not keen on having his mother replaced. the last time it happened, he snapped and maimed his stepmother. and he was not afraid of doing so again.
when jake exacted revenge, it felt like nothing he had ever done before. vengeance tasted like heaven. his professor tasted elysian. and he had never felt so good about himself, but then the high wore off, comparable to the fading release sunghoon got after strangling his victims, and familiar pain seared through him once further.Â
vindictiveness was a lethal venom, festering quickly upon injection. after jake got what he wanted, there was a greed to replicate that feeling, in spite of the fact that nothing would compare to that first blow. in his own way, unlike his fatherâs but similar nonetheless, he was pivoting towards release.
jake was on the brink of something like psychosis when he heard those knocks on his front door. and when he peered outside, spotting the professor, his recklessness got the better of him.
she was dead before she even stepped inside the house. jake yanked her inside, brought her downstairs, and forced himself onto her for a second time that day. when she wept for sunghoon, wishing he would come home, jake almost pitied her naïveté.
if jake hadnât killed her, wrapping his hands around her throat the way that he knew his father had been yearning to, sunghoon would have.
the look on his professorâs face was pitiful. âsorry,â jake said, though he clasped his hands around her throat harder. âbut i have to make a statement.â
it was not particularly a difficult thing to do, at least not to stomach, but killing her was merely just a means to an end. he didnât get off to it like his father wouldâve, jakeâs interest lay inflicting psychological damage, but he did it because he knew how much it pleasured sunghoon to squeeze the life out of his victims.
and if jake couldnât have what he wanted, then as long as he lived, neither would his dad for tearing it away.
sunghoon came home moments too late. jake left his professor in the cellar for his father to find, eyes wide and face pale.
sunghoon glanced around. he saw her car parked outside, but no sign of her. when jake came from his bedroom on the upper floor, a creeping feeling of deja vu flooded sunghoonâs chest, but he asked, âwhere is she?â
jakeâs face was expressionless. âsheâs dead,â he replied, confident. âi mean it this time.â
sunghoon shook his head. âyou killed her?â
âwasnât it you that said you were going to teach me the proper way to dispose of a woman when iâm sick of her?â jake asked, approaching his father as he crept down the stairs.
though sunghoon wasnât pleased, he willed himself to calm down. âdid you strangle her?â
âyes.â
sunghoon figured, from the lack of blood staining his house this time around. âwill you tell me about it?â
that caught jake off-guard. he expected his father to be angry, to let loose. he had to have been dreaming of choking her since the day he laid eyes on her. âyou sick fuck,â jake sneered.
sunghoon snickered, unbothered. thatâs rich. âwho do you think you got it from?â
obviously, from the face jake was making, he didnât like that. his nonchalant attitude dissipated. âiâm not like you!â
âkeep telling yourself that. maybe one day youâll delude yourself into believing it,â sunghoon replied, hanging his coat on the rack in spite of knowing he would be leaving again soon.
âiâm not like you - i mean that.â
sunghoon, miffed, rolled his eyes and said, âcome on, son. you think i donât know you and your friends have been watching my tapes for the past decade and then some like theyâre cartoons?â
âbut not momâs,â jake spat, loathing fizzing in his stare.Â
sunghoon froze, then spun around. âis that what this is all about?â
jake nodded, pleased his father was finally getting the picture. âi found it in your study. you hid it more carefully than the others, because she was special or you didnât want me to find it, i donât know.â
sunghoon heaved a breath. âyou were never supposed to see that.â
âbut i did,â jake replied. âand iâve suffered every day for the past month because of that.â
sunghoon shot without hesitation, âa suffering you brought upon yourself. nobody asked you to go snooping around in my things.â
jakeâs lips were twisted into the meanest snarl sunghoon had ever seen. emotion wrecked through him in its totality. âis that whatâs important to you? i shouldnât be surprised. you couldnât even spare your own sonâs mother from your heartlessness.â
sunghoon massaged his temple, summoning all of his willpower. âplease,â he groaned, sensing an incoming headache. âwomen are weak, cheating whores. just look at your professor. maybe your mother wasnât, but she was a liability.â
if that was supposed to console jake, it had the complete opposite effect. âare you saying she deserved it?â
âiâm saying that youâve always been too soft,â sunghoon said, not bothering to sugarcoat his chastising. âjust like your mother. even when you were a child. thatâs why i had you help me, i hoped you would harden up a little.â
jake scoffed. âunbelievable.â
âyour mother went quietly. she didnât even fight it, jake. so, why are you?â
âbecause of that,â jake told him, vitriol in his voice. âshe didnât ask you to stop one time. she just asked you to get it over with.â
sunghoon tipped his head back. âah, yes. she really was perfect, wasnât she?â
that was all it took to kindle an unforgiving rage within jake and in a moment of fury, flickering through him in a flash, jake lifted his hand to smack his father.
sunghoon caught his wrist, as if this werenât the first time this had happened and it was wholeheartedly expected. his voice lowered to a mere hiss, âiâve never laid a hand on you. ever in your life. donât make today be the day i start.â
jake glared, but wrested his way out of his fatherâs grip and backed away.
sunghoon smoothed down his shirt and headed for the kitchen, knowing jake would follow. this conversation was far from over. ânow, if you excuse me, i have to clean up your mess,â he said, pulling a burner phone out of a drawer. âif you donât mind.â
âi can clean up my own mess,â jake replied, scowling.Â
setting the phone on the counter, sunghoon reached for a glass. âno, you canât. not without digging your own grave. unless you want to go to prison, pack your shit, ask one of your buddies if you can stay with them for a few days, and take the tapes with you. hide them.â
jake made a face. âwhat are you talking about?â
sunghoon sighed. âwe canât get away with this one, son. her carâs parked outside. thereâs too many loose ends.â
âwe can get rid of the car. you donât have to go to jail!â jake shouted.
âitâs either you or me. frankly, iâm doing you a favor. you wouldnât last two seconds behind bars,â sunghoon hissed. he grabbed another glass, sliding it across the counter, then said, ânow, wine? you know, to celebrate your old man going away? i believe thatâs what you want.â
jake shook his head. never in his life had he been so conflicted. his father that heâd been so bent on despising until he the day he died was voluntarily confessing to a crime he didnât commit, just so that his son wouldnât have to suffer in prison.
âwhy are you doing this?â jake asked, bristling with emotion.Â
sunghoon sighed. âbecause i love you, son. even if you donât think so. and because your mother would be turning in her grave if she knew you were in prison.â
jake blew out a breath. then, after a moment of reluctance, he grabbed the glass on the counter and reached for the wine bottle.Â
sunghoon snickered. âatta boy.â
âi wonder how your son reacted when he learned you were going to prison for murder,â you said, pondering. âyou live in the same house. i wonder how he didnât know.â
sunghoon lied, âhe was at a friendâs house when i killed her. doesnât like that it was his favorite professor.â
you nodded along, buying his lies. âthat is a lot to take in. i mean, imagine your dad was having an affair with your favorite science professor. then, he kills her, like how he killed your mom.â
sunghoon shrugged his shoulders. âhave you never heard the phrase âthe heart wants what it wants?ââ
âi have,â you replied. âand i guess your heart wanted to stop the function of others.â
sunghoon laughed at his own expense. âoh, please. you give me too much credit. you shouldnât make me out to be more romantic than i am.â
you shook your head in disappointment. âyou make these women want you, and then you undo everything. that has to be part of the amusement to you.â
âit gets a chuckle or two out of me.â
your lips were tempted to curl into a frown for the umpteenth time that day alone. âwhy?â
sunghoon leaned up in his chair, exclaiming, âbecause itâs fun!â
you were going to say something, but he didnât give you the chance.Â
sunghoon continued, âeveryday, as adults, we do the same job for hours and come home. people want excitement in their lives. women get exhausted of coming home to their husbands or nobody at all.â
your stare was blank. âand your point is?â
âi didnât just make those women want me, baby. i made them need me,â sunghoon told you smugly. âi brought a spark to their lives, and i took it away just as fast. and i do it⊠because i can.â
âbecause you could,â you corrected, confident he would never be free of this place for as long as he lived. âyouâre going to be in here a very, very long time.â
sunghoon grinned. âi wouldnât be so sure.â
you cocked your brow. âwhatâs that supposed to mean?â
âwouldnât you like to know?â sunghoon teased. you hated the smugness in his tone. like he knew something that you didnât.
the door opened, and the guard from earlier returned. âi hate to interrupt, but itâs time for the count,â he said, coming behind sunghoon to undo his cuffs.
it all happened in a blink. sunghoonâs weight was pressed flush against yours, roughly thrusting you into the table. your body screamed, agony spreading through your side, but your gun was in a lockbox outside the room.
sunghoon knew from your conversations alone that you werenât the type to go quietly. your first instinct was to fight back. naturally, you struggled against his hold, refusing to bend to his will even as panic shot through your chest. your whole body was on guard, aiming for survival.
but to your misfortune, your might was no match for sunghoonâs. you glanced to the guard for assistance, but when he only stood there as if he was waiting for it to end, the most unsettling feeling of realization washed over you.
âdonât fight him,â the guard said, arms crossed. âyou wonât win.â
sunghoon snickered when he noticed your eyes widen in shock. you hadnât seen that coming. though you tried to resist, it was over once his slender fingers came to your throat, and you genuinely feared for your life.Â
you didnât realize how good you had it just being able to breathe until you couldnât anymore. your breaths wouldnât come. it felt as if your bones were being crushed. your whole body was on fight mode, but it was like sunghoon had the reins, shutting down your senses one by one.
âyou put up a good fight, detective,â sunghoon whispered darkly in your ear, admiring your struggle.
your lips parted, but you couldnât speak no matter how hard you tried. your self-preservation instincts were no match against him. all you could do was meet sunghoonâs stare. the pressure on your neck was too much to handle, and in seconds, you were out.
âlights out,â sunghoon said. he released your throat, having no intention of killing you and leading you for dead, but knowing that you would likely regain consciousness in a matter of seconds, he grabbed you by the hair, smashing your head flat against the table to subdue you.
heeseung winced, but he did nothing to step in. âpoor girl,â he mumbled under his breath, pitying you. âhad enough?â
âfor now,â sunghoon replied. âletâs go.â
heeseung gave sunghoon a uniform to wear so that he would blend in amongst the uniforms like heeseung had and when he was ready, the two of them fled before they could be deterred.
when they had successfully gotten away, heeseung asked with his hand on a steering wheel, âyou know that i donât agree with this, right?â
sunghoon snickered. it had absolutely been said. âyou havenât agreed with my lifestyle for the past twenty-five years, yet you still help me. why?â
heeseung frowned. sometimes, he asked himself the same question, but deep down inside, he knew the answer. âbecause we may not share blood, but weâre brothers,â heeseung replied. âand for my brother, iâll do anything you need.â
sunghoon quipped, âlike smuggle me across the border?â
âlike smuggle you across the border,â heeseung said, chuckling. âwhen we get there, thereâs gonna be this dude named sunoo. heâs gonna help you out. iâll be in touch.â
sunghoon nodded. âi canât thank you enough, man.â
âjust lay low and stay out of trouble,â heeseung said, shaking his head.Â
sunghoon grinned with mischief. he was already thinking about all of the beautiful women he couldnât wait to get his hands on. âno promises,â he answered, sighing contentedly.
taglist: @ribbioniki, @yunakj, @vvenusoncasual, @lovingvoidgoatee, @iloveu-143, @bigwforjay, @hooniehon, @adoredbyjay, @cloud-lyy, @firstclassjaylee, @captainsaposts, @tinycatharsis, @511rkive , @sangiewife
[ 7:31 PM. ] âżâ Ű ââ left đ°mbrella * . àŁȘ â
:š·.·š: w: none đ„â â àŁȘ .
`·..Â·Ë g: in the rain ! p: stranger!sh x f.reader
fuck.
it was rain season; which meant you now had to go home everyday drenched.
itâs not that you didnât care, but you cursed under your breath for not checking the weather properly, exiting the school entrance only to be greeted with the claps of roaring thunder. god, you wanted to go home.
thatâs why you proceeded to stay beneath the support of the buildingâs roof, deciding whether or not you should run home or just wait it out. but in hopes of the rain vanishing, all it did was the complete opposite.
appear even more.
a long sigh then escapes your lips, unable to figure the perfect time for take off. And while preparing yourself, you were just a second away from leavingâ
right until a man stops you.
âexcuse me?â a strong, deep voice calls to you, making you whirl around.
ââhm?â you hummed, immediately following the sound into shifting your attention to the found figure beside you.
a tall, black haired boy hovers over your view, instantly causing you to still in your footsteps due to the unfamiliar presence. you never expected anyone to show up at this hour.
especially anâŠ
attractive person.
not that you havenât grown suspicious of it, but needless to say, you didnât care if you were going to head home late tonight just because of this.
and in the sense of romance, something told you to stay.
âcould you hold this for a second?â sunghoon innocently asks you with the gesture of his umbrella. âI need to grab something real quick.â he dryly chuckles.
but the spark of pure happiness within you shatters in an instant, the assumption of you both in a love story exploding to bits.
âohâŠs-sure!â you awkwardly smiled, hesitantly grabbing the handle off the palm of his hands.
âthanks.â grinned the other.
he began removing the strap of his backpack and unzipping it, fetching one of his notebooks to hold in his arms. that same process continued as you watched him pull the bag over his shoulder once more, ready to return his umbrella.
but before you were even given the chance to, sunghoonâs figure disappears in seconds the moment he starts dashing down the stairs, leaving you and his belonging goodbye.
âwhat? IâWAIT!â you shout, about to draw a hand but immediately pull back out of instinct.
wait a second.
you began to ponder, knowing one wouldnât be this stupid enough to forget a belonging theyâve clearly asked for someone to hold.
especially since it was raining outside.
thatâs kinda stupid.
but?
âoh my god.â
you suddenly felt your cheeks getting heated by the minute, lips agape, and eyes widening with surprise.
what was the realization, you may ask?
âheâŠ.did this on purpose.â
© reniqt â all rights reserved
permlist: @certainyouthpeanut @enhacolor @wtfhyuck @szniki @hiqhkey <3 @lvepsh <3 @boobies34567 @w3bqrl @tzyuki
one of the few fics i recommend to read if uâre tired from those sad ending tiktok aus
â pairing : Hongjoong x Seonghwa â content warnings : angst, smut, fluff, pirate au, royals au, slowburn, unprotected sex, fantasy au // mentions of Jongdae and Baekhyun because they're my beta's faves // yes, yes "The Bitter Dahlia" is exactly the one mentioned in «itâs high tide, baby.» â word count : 28k
â notes : this fic looks familiar? it is! Iâm reposting ALL my works on this brand new blog and therefore please, bear with me! as always, askbox is open and feedbacks are always welcome đ
â summary :
«Youâre a pirate arenât you? Then steal me! Is that so much to ask?» Seonghwa concluded, lightly squeezing Hongjoongâs arm, his voice full of hope. He was talking a bit too loudly for his standard, but now, convincing Hongjoong to take him with them was more important than respecting the label of the peaceful sovereign. «What do you have that I would want?» Hongjoong curiously challenged him, raising an eyebrow and leaning closer to the King.
Seonghwa sighed while tightly fixing on his head the hood hiding his identity, as bittersweet memories of the past flashing through his mind.
He was crowned King when he was in his twenties, reigned over a wide Kingdom and his country loved him for he was a caring and humble man. Seonghwa also dearly loved his wife, which was a rare thing to happen during an arranged marriage whose only purpose was to unify reigns who were in prior conflict. However, the Queen had been seriously ill.
Seonghwa absently played with the familiar rings on his finger, as he reminded how quickly his wifeâs life slipped away, murder caused by a group of conspirators leaded by the Governor himself. They made it appear as if it was in fact the Kingâs will to poison his own wife, so that he could get married once again and furtherly extend his Kingdom without recurring to wars.
âThings change fast.â Seonghwa thought with a dejected sigh. The originally small group of conspirators quickly gained members, and Seonghwa was forced to leave everything and hide. The Governor was now occupying the Kingâs throne, exactly as he planned.
As the former King, well, he was now part of the Resistance.
«Come on,» Jongdae, the Resistanceâs leader interrupted the whirlwind of his thoughts, «theyâre probably waiting.» Seonghwa absently nodded at him as they walked towards a familiar inn, their footsteps echoing in the dark of the night.
âThe Bitter Dahliaâ was the inn that had been hosting their secret meetings for months; Seonghwa knew that Jongdae and Baekhyun - the innkeeper, were brothers and therefore, he quickly understood how their group was constantly informed about any kind of news going around town. The strong smell of alcohol mixed with loud chatters and laughters filled their noses and ears as they quickly got in and closed the door behind themselves, before quickly taking place in front of the counter and ordering something to drink.Â
«There are big, unexpected news tonight,» Baekhyun nodded at his brother and at the young King, as he finished filling their chalices, «Pirates.» he whispered, slightly nodding towards their directions with his head; Seonghwaâs eyes drifted to the group of young men talking and laughing loudly, not minding whether they were disturbing other people around them.
There were six of them, he noticed. Only one of them was particularly tall - probably the same height as him, currently busy discussing with his crew mates while partially comfortably sitting on the wooden table.
The King studied them for another minute, trying to remember as much as he could about their appearance and their faces, in case he ever happened to run into them in the future.
However, only one of them caught his eyes; he didnât look particularly tall, and for what Seonghwa could notice in the mostly dark environment of the inn, his hair seemed to be dark blonde, styled in a mullet. He was the one who was talking less, always looking at the others with a smug grin, sometimes admonishing them with a âstop fucking screamingâ, and Seonghwa assumed that he was probably the Captain.
«Come back to us unworthy peasants, your Majesty King Seonghwa.» Jongdae joked as he drew Seonghwaâs attention back on the original topic while gently nudging against his elbow.Â
«I told you not to call me that in front of other people.» The former King hissed, harshly placing his chalice on the counter; Jongdae murmured a quiet apology and Seonghwa nodded with a sigh, before he eventually got up and bumped shoulders with a tall boy, his hair bright red and a black eyepatch on his left eye.
«Sorry, buddy!» the boy cheerfully apologized «I drank too much and I lost my balance for a moment.» he chuckled, absently checking how much of the drinks he was carrying he actually spilled; Seonghwa smiled as he politely answered not to worry, before immediately following the Resistanceâs leader through the back door, disappearing behind it.
Seonghwa obviously could not see how the young boyâs expression instantly turned serious as he headed straight to the Piratesâ table, referring the small dialogue he just overheard to his Captain.
The meeting proceeded steadily; Jongdae announced that unexpectedly many people from other villages joined the Resistance, dejected, frustrated and unhappy with the Governorâs laws and too strict politics.
Months had passed since Seonghwa had to leave everything he had in order to run away, and during these months, he learned that there were many groups of rebels all around the Kingdom who firmly believed that the former King was still alive. Moreover, the rebelsâ main goal was to wait for the perfect occasion in order to get rid of the unfair and selfish Governor in favour of another magnanimous King, just like Seonghwa was.
Hearing those words, a dejected sigh escaped from the young Kingâs lips. The Governor reduced the Kingdom on the verge of war and hunger, erasing years of efforts made by both him and his father in order to keep the people in his country as peaceful and satisfied as possible.
Both Jongdae and Baekhyun knew about Seonghwaâs real identity, but they swore to keep it a secret, and if needed, to refer to him by a fake name.
Once the meeting came to an end it was already late at night, and there were barely any costumers in the front of the inn, and Seonghwa decided to get straight back home. His right hand reached to play nervously with both his and his wifeâs wedding rings on his left hand; he locked himself inside the small room he was renting and sat on the small table opposite the bed, studying the familiar map speeded on the wooden surface.
There was only one thing that could prove he was King Seonghwa, and unfortunately, part of it was still safely hidden in the depths of the Castle. However, he highly doubted the Governor managed to find out the location of the small labyrinth hidden in the middle of the dungeons that for years hid the documents who contained the proofs of the royal lineage, especially because this information had been secretly passed from a King to another, since anyone who was in possess of these documents could claim the position of King.
Seonghwa was honestly scared of this option, and his feelings only urged him to proceed faster on his lone mission that he meticulously kept hidden from the only friends he had; even though he tried to tell them about it few times, they always dismissed the idea.
«Itâs too dangerous!» Jongdae would immediately cut his sentence with a stern grin.
«Heâs right, what would we do if you got caught?» Baekhyun would add, his eyebrows furrowed in evident worry.
Anyways, Seonghwa knew what he had to do, and as he folded the small map and hid it under the mattress, he definitely made up his mind: the following night he would have paid a visit to the Castle.
However, as Seonghwa comfortably fell asleep few minutes later on the comfortable mattress of his small room, he was absolutely unaware of the two men who had followed him from a safe distance, well hidden in the dark night.
The next day passed in a blur, since Seonghwa was too busy preparing for his secret mission to leave his room in the first place; he was lucky that the old lady which was renting him the room was gentle enough to deliver him some food for breakfast and lunch, otherwise Seonghwa wouldnât have eaten at all.
As he carefully got dressed, he made sure to keep a knife well hidden in his boot, just in case he had to fight and his sword was snatched away; although he spent years training and learning sword fight, he wasnât as skilled nor as strong as the men which were recruited as Royal soldiers, but thanks to the many lessons he took when he was a Prince, he learnt how to fight to defend himself. Being part of the Resistance meant constant sword training but still, Seonghwa wasnât sure heâd be an actual challenge for a group of skilled soldiers, even thought he was very agile.
At sunset, he secured his hood on his head as he quietly left towards the Castle, the long dark cloak hiding his identity from curious eyes. Seonghwa didnât have any trouble in finding a way to enter the Castle without being caught, he has never been a troublemaker, but when he was younger he loved sneaking out to spend some days with commoners, in order to feel closer to them. Ordinary life had always fascinated him, and his father always told him that in order to be a good King you would need to see directly your peopleâs lifestyle without them knowing you were around.
As silent as the snow falling on the ground on a winter night, Seonghwa quickly walked through the numerous corridors illuminated by the dim light of the moon and some torches, trying not to mind all the things that the Governor changed in what once was his home, fists clenching every time he saw a painting of the wicked man hanging on the walls.
Occasionally hiding from the guards on their night patrol, Seonghwa made his way through the labyrinth; the more he got close to it, the more he was sure that the Governor had never took actual interest in it, merely paying attention to its cold stone walls.
The thing was, it was more than a bunch of assembled walls, there was a secret chamber containing few of the most important treasures of the Kingdom, and the documents he was looking for.
Whoever owned it and exhibited it would have been recognized as the rightful King; in case someone were to unfairly occupy the position of sovereign, the King in need to prove his identity could find official documents in this labyrinth, and also a map that would lead him to a place where to find an object only the King could recognize, due to the secrecy of this information.
âLeft, right, left, left-â he thought as he swiftly moved between the corridors, remembering his fatherâs words. âYouâll find your destination next to the black stone,â his step slowly led him into another corridor; from what he has been told, he had to look for a black stone in a wall covered with pebbles of various shades of grey.
âIt could be anywhere,â he thought, dejected by this unexpected turn of events; he grabbed a fire torch from the wall, and started meticulously looking for said stone while trying not to make any noise.
Minutes passed, and Seonghwa was increasingly growing both frustrated and impatient; as he was about to give up, he found a small different stone â perfectly round shaped, as he was crouched on the floor.
His father never told him what he had to do once he found it, so he tentatively tried pressing on it, sharpening his ears in case anything happened; he pressed on it again, but nothing changed.
Seonghwa sighed, impatiently placing the palm on his hand flat on the stone while trying to rotate it, hoping that this would actually work because he didnât have any other idea on what to try with a stone, and hoping for the last time that no one else found out about this labyrinth.
When all the hope he had was about to vanish, something clicked behind him, and Seonghwa immediately turned around to check the opposite wall. Some of the cold stones moved towards the inside, indicating there was the secret room his father once told him about, and Seonghwa only needed to push on it to get inside.
With a tight grip on the torch, Seonghwa pressed against the wall, the newfound door opening with a brief creak; the room was small, humid and full of dust; the ceiling was not too high either, he could have touched it if he raised an arm, and there were big and heavy coffers full of treasures arranged along the sides of the walls.
What actually caught Seonghwaâs attention was the simple wooden table exactly in the middle of the room, looking too ordinary compared to the jewels and gold that partially filled the small room. Seonghwaâs steps warily reached the table, where he found exactly what his father told him: the royal documents and the map.
âIsnât it too easy?â Seonghwa thought while furrowing his eyebrows in doubt, as he placed the torch in a metal ring hanging on the wall next to him. He cautiously reached for the papers, his movements slow and calculated, fearing to remain trapped inside that small space as soon as he touched anything.
As soon as he realized that nothing was going to happen if he touched and lifted the documents from the table, he quickly folded both the map and the documents, safely tucking them in the inner pocket of his jacket.
Pleased with the outcome and seeing that he wasnât going to get trapped inside the small room if he decided to touch anything, Seonghwa took few minutes in order to curiously look around the room, since he has never been there and moreover, he had always been curious about what could the many treasures safely hidden from indiscreet eyes be.
A coffer on the right side of the room caught Seonghwaâs attention, and he curiously approached it: it was the only one containing only gold coins, and on top of them, there was a bright brooch studded with diamonds and colourful precious stones.
As he was about to reach out in order to take a closer look to the brooch, a low whistle made him stop in his tracks.
«Well, who would have guessed?» an unfamiliar voice chanted, and Seonghwa immediately turned to face the intruder, fearing for the worst.
Leaning against the door frame there was a man dressed totally in black, from his hat, to his gloves, to the mask covering his face, to his clothes.
Seonghwa instantly understood who was standing in front of him, and a shiver froze him in place; he recognized those clothes, since the only Pirates who actually dressed like that were the crew called âATEEZâ, a group of infamous, cruel Pirates that took no side in political matters but only lived following their morals, not minding if they had to shed blood on the way to get what they wanted. They hid their identity only during assaults and robberies, so that the majority of people would not mind about them during every dayâs life.
âThis is why no one paid attention to them at the inn,â Seonghwa thought, even if he could have never imagines that the loud Pirates he saw were in fact one of the most dangerous Pirates crew in the world: Seonghwaâs hand instinctively placed on the hilt of his sword, but however, he did not intend to unsheathe it, not yet.
«I came to rob this place, butâŠÂ» the slim man started walking towards him, due to the space being limited, he almost immediately stopped in front of him, «I never thought Iâd find out that the former King became a thief.» although the Pirate was wearing a mask, it was as if Seonghwa could feel the smug grin on the otherâs lips as he pronounced those words, and before he even managed to think about unsheathing his sword, he found a short blade pressed against his throat.
The cold metal made Seonghwa fear for his life, and since Pirates were generically unpredictable, he decided to not fight back, his arms going limp on his sides in a clear sign of surrender.
«How do you know that?» Seonghwa asked, as he tried to identify the eyes - the only thing he could see, of the man standing in front of him; although he was shorter than him, his threatening aura made the young King settle for the decision of not to move.
«You never know who might overhear your secrets, your Highness.» the Pirateâs voice exuded superiority, and Seonghwa clenched his jaw. He could not be the man he bumped into at the inn; he was taller than the one standing in front of him.
Unless, that man might have reported what he heard to his crew mates, and if luck was on his worst side, the one threatening him was the Captain of the loud group he saw the night before.
«What do you want from me? Iâm not in the position to-» Seonghwaâs words were harshly cut off as the Pirate chuckled and removed the blade from his neck.
«Relax, Iâm only interested in stealing some of these.» he said, curiously walking around from a coffer to another, examining coins and various jewellery, while Seonghwa still did not dare to move from his spot.
Since the door was still open, Seonghwa realized that he could run away if he wanted, he could even lock the Pirate inside the room if he wanted to, but truth was he was petrified in fear; he studied as the other put the most interesting jewels or those that seemed to be more expensive in a leather bag attached to the belt he had tied at his waist over his refined jacket.
âDidnât Pirates dress in a scruffy way?â Seonghwa absently thought as he stared at the otherâs clothes that seemed to be made of an unexpectedly good fabric.
«What were you doing here, anyway?» the Pirate asked without paying too much attention to the young King, as he was focused on checking another diamond.
«Itâs no one of your business.» Seonghwa answered firmly, clenching his fists; truth was, he wasnât sure how to feel about this whole situation. He was in the middle of what once has been his Castle, his home, looking at a pirate stealing a treasure that he couldnât call his own anymore, so he didnât have any right to scold him; especially, because in this very moment he was technically stealing the Governorâs assets, and not his.
«Well, true, but-» the Pirateâs sentence was abruptly interrupted by a series of distant screams followed by the sound of numerous bells ringing frequently and following the same familiar rhythm, and both men exchanged confused looks before staring at the door.
«Intruders.» Seonghwa briefly stated, frowning.
«We have to go, and quickly.» the Captain mumbled as he closed his leather bag and grabbed the otherâs elbow, urging him towards the door.
They both rushed out, Seonghwa hastily closing the secret roomâs door and running towards the Pirate, who was slightly leaning out from the wall, peaking at their surroundings while making sure the way was clear; from what they heard, the guards were still far from them, but it was better not to risk making avoidable mistakes.
«Did your men get caught?» Seonghwa whispered, lowering the hood if his cape further on his forehead as he started feeling distressed, since if anyone were to see him in the Castle, he sincerely doubted he could actually survive.
«No,» the Pirate mumbled quietly, shaking his head as he started walking, gesturing to the young King with his fingers to follow him, «each one of us was robbing a different place tonight, and theyâd never betray me. Itâs canât be us, either.» he finished explaining as they both got out from the labyrinth and almost reached the entrance of the dungeons, an unexpected comfortable silence between them.
Seonghwa knew the Pirate couldnât have possibly memorized the way out so, sometimes heâd find himself stopping the Captainâs quick steps by tugging on his sleeve, leading him to the opposite way.
«I knew that, I wanted to see if you were still paying attention.» the Pirate would answer every time, obviously lying.
They cautiously retraced every corridor, the noise created by the soldiers and the bellsâ ringing getting louder as they stepped closer to the gate that separated the dungeons from the stairs leading back into the castle.
Seonghwaâs steps halted in the middle of the wide circular room surrounded by metal cells, anxiety getting the best of him, and the Pirate stopped few steps further, noticing he was now walking alone. He quickly spun on his heels, turning towards the taller man, a silent question hanging from his lips as he walked back to place a hand on Seonghwaâs elbow.
«Why did you stop?!» he hissed, «The worst part starts now!»
«What if we get caught? Theyâll hang me â theyâll hang us, if we get caught!» Seonghwa muttered as he forced his breath to come out as even; despite part of the young Kingâs face was hidden, the Pirate managed to catch a glimpse of the panic in the otherâs eyes staring at the floor.
The Pirate sighed, his hand leaving Seonghwaâs left arm; the young Captain reached behind his ears in order to untie the mask that covered the lower part of his face, and then he tugged Seonghwaâs hood to remove it.
The Kingâs gaze locked with the Pirateâs, confirming his assumptions about the previous evening: the boy who admonished his loud companions, the same handsome boy who had caught his eyes, was precisely the Captain.
Seonghwaâs eyes were filled with confusion and hidden curiosity as the Pirateâs fingers secured his own mask behind the young Kingâs nape, before quickly lifting the hood back on his head.
«Itâs okay now, we can go.» the Pirateâs unexpected gentle voice seemed to unexplainably soothe Seonghwaâs distressed soul, and the Captainâs hand returned on the Kingâs elbow but this time, he noticed, the touch was a little bit gentler. Although he was still urging him around, at least he wasnât squeezing his arm as tightly as before; they began to run, taking advantage of the unexpectedly empty hallway they found, as they sprinted towards the door that would lead them in the garden.
If Seonghwa hadnât been so scared of something possibly go wrong, he would have thought this situation was paradoxical; he was running almost hand in hand with a Pirate who first pointed a blade to his neck and a few minutes later tranquillized him by lending him his mask.
He genuinely started to doubt the veridicity of the rumours about them, since not only they were helping each other, but the Pirate was also being nice.
They opened the heavy Castleâs door enough to sneak out, not bothering to close it behind them; outside the door that connected the Castle to the Royal garden, there were two rows made up of three wide white columns on each side, meant to support the large balcony above their heads. Quickly, they took shelter behind one of the pillars, their back pressed against each other, carefully examining the situation; there were at least ten groups of soldiers, which meticulously sought in every part of the garden, meaning that it wouldnât take long before they were found and therefore, they had to act quickly.
The Pirate scoffed, shaking his head and slightly turning around in order to glance at Seonghwa.
«I came from over thereâŠÂ» he whispered, not finishing his own sentence as he pointed towards the canopy on top of the bushes the soldiers were meticulously examinating; Seonghwa immediately nodded, understanding what the Pirate was trying to say.
That part of the garden was way too crowded with enemies and way too distant to reach without alarming everyone in the garden.
«Come with me.» Seonghwa mindlessly took the other manâs hand as he led him towards a familiar oak tree; he briefly explained there was a hole in the wall safely hidden between its leaves and branches, and he always used that as an exit when he sneaked outside the Castle to go to town. Easily climbing on the oak tree and through the hole in the wall, they left the Castle, climbing down the identical oak tree that they found on the other side of the wall.
The young King let out a loud relieved sigh as he let himself slide down the wall in order to sit on the ground, and the Pirate chuckled in response to the young Kingâs action.
However, the loud screams of the soldiers and the noisy bell kept signalling them that they didnât catch the intruder, yet.
«I suppose I should thank you?» Seonghwa tried as he untied the mask, handing it back to the Pirate.
«Captain Hongjoong, at your service,» he playfully winked and did a small hint of a bow, as he gently took his mask from the Kingâs gloved hands, without bothering to wear it again, «and no problem, I feared I had to drag you out of there myself and well, our body proportions arenât exactly on my side.» Seonghwa gladly took the hand that Hongjoong stretched towards him in order to help him get back on his feet; they had just escaped a rather dangerous situation, itâs true, but they were standing right in front the Castleâs walls in the middle of the night while soldiers were looking everywhere for intruders, so they had better start walking away.
The pale moonlight illuminated their path as they stared walking through the sleeping town, leaving the Castle behind their shoulders; much to his surprise, Seonghwa noticed the other man was indeed a friendly person, and not as ruthless as the rumours said.
âThatâs probably because Iâm not on his bad side,â Seonghwa deduced as they were busy making small conversation; they began to part ways in front of the inn, Hongjoong heading towards the port, and Seonghwa heading towards his room.
«Oh, by the way!» Hongjoong abruptly stopped and Seonghwa instinctively turned around, noticing that they werenât particularly distant one from the other.
«Here, catch this!» the Pirate cheerfully said as he threw something at Seonghwa, and the young King frowned as soon as he felt the angular consistency of what he had just caught in mid-air. Slowly and curiously opening his hand, his eyes widened at the sight of the brooch he was staring at in the dungeon was now shining brightly in his palm, illuminated by the pale moonlight.
Seonghwaâs head snapped towards Hongjoong, who was staring at him with a wide knowing grin.
«I owed you one, I could never imagine there were so many hidden treasures in there.» he answered the Kingâs silent question, eyes not faltering from his confused expression.
«How did you know-»
«Iâm a Pirate!» Hongjoong immediately interrupted him, as he was stating the obvious.
With a final wave, the Captain turned around, disappearing in the dark of the night.
Seonghwa woke up in the middle of the morning, and for the first time in a while he slept soundly, satisfied to have stolen the biggest treasure of the Castle right under the Governorâs nose.
Memories of Hongjoongâs gaze flashed through his mind and he sighed, wondering which one was the truth about him: was he really a ruthless and heartless man or was those only exaggerated rumours? Not that he was that interested, of course.
«He canât be that cold hearted,» he quietly mumbled to himself as he sleepily rubbed his eyes, «and I should stop thinking so much about it.» Seonghwa got up with a sigh, easily getting rid of his own thoughts as he walked to the small bathroom attached to his room.
After taking a warm bath and wearing a clean change of clothes, he sat at his roomâs desk and took his time to study the map he found the night before.
The map was made up of well-defined contours of explored territories and of curious drawings of mermaids and sea monsters. Seonghwa traced with his fingers the outline of what was once his Kingdom, a feeling of rage slowly made space within his heart; he was determined to take back his throne, he was determined to end the continuing injustices that common people had to suffer.
Towards a corner of the map, surrounded by boundless sea and curious drawings of apparent dangers, there was a solitary island circled with a bold mark made with black ink. As Seonghwa spreaded the sheet in order to try to get rid of the wrinkles that covered the name below the drawing of the island surrounded with fog, and that name instantly triggered his memories: The Mist.
Seonghwa remembered that when he was younger, his father used to tell him about a mysterious island full of treasures that no one dared to approach, but for all they know, the entire existence of the island was shrouded in mystery.
According to the legends, on that remote island there was an ancient cave, containing the greatest treasures of all the Kings who had ever reigned on his kingdom. However, the thick fog has always prevented adventurers - Pirates and onlookers, from approaching; although many souls blinded by greed had challenged their fate in order to find that incredible amount of accumulated wealth, no one had ever returned.
The more time passed, the more that island became a simple legend passed from generation to generation. Apparently, like every legend it hid a fund of truth.
«The Aurora shardâŠÂ» Seonghwa whispered, knitting his brows in confusion. Could it be his father was unconsciously pointing him the way to redeem himself?
His fatherâs stories spoke of a cave; a huge hidden cave full of all kinds of treasures, coins, weapons, precious jewels, diamonds. In the midst of all this, only the true King would have been able to recognize the true and most important treasure of all: the Aurora shard.
«I canât tell you what shape or what colour it is, since I donât know myself,» his fatherâs authoritative but gentle voice had said, «all I know, is that it takes a King to recognize it.»
Seonghwa sank back into his chair, feeling dejected, what if it was really only a legend? Moreover, even if it was real, would he really be able to recognize the Aurora shard? In addition, the most important thing: how was he supposed to get there?
A familiar face followed by a dangerous plan popped into his mind, and he shook his head as if the gesture could have made the idea disappear.
Seonghwa left his room in the late afternoon, quickly heading towards the inn; beside the Resistanceâs meeting, he knew he had to face both his only friends about his decision.
The familiar chatter accompanied his short journey to the inn which, being earlier than usual, still did not have much clientele; although some tables were occupied, it was still very quiet.
«Look who decided to show up!» Baekhyun lively greeted him from behind the counter with a bright smile, «I was starting to believe you ran away!» he added, faking to be offended.
Seonghwa nervously swallowed, looking away; he politely greeted him, as always, as he made his way to the counter. «Whereâs Jongdae?» he asked, looking around and finding himself looking for someone elseâs presence as well.
«Heâll be here soonâŠÂ» he started, and gradually leaned closer to the King over the counter. «Have you heard about the Pirates?» Baekhyun smiled, satisfied to have finally obtained the interest of his interlocutor; Seonghwa pretended not to know by quickly shaking his head.
«Apparently yesterday night, seven rich residences were robbed,» Baekhyun stated in a low voice, «and one of them was your beloved Castle.» he finished, studying Seonghwaâs facial expression.
«Thatâs actually what I wanted to talk to you about. I was-» Seonghwa sighed, but before he could finish his sentence, a strong arm wrapped around his shoulders.
«Hereâs our favourite King!» Jongdae joked, not loud enough to be heard by anyone else beside them, since they were the only three people standing at the counter.
«Oh, Jongdae! You have the worst timing!» Baekhyun playfully hit the other with one of the rags he used to dry the caliches he had just washed up.
«As I was saying,» Seonghwa urged «I know it was Hon-ATEEZ, because I met one of them in the Castle.» he said, closing his eyes, his heartbeat quickening as he was waiting for the worst. However, he was met with utter silence and Jongdaeâs arm tensing and tightening around Seonghwaâs shoulders.
«YOU?! WHAT?!» Both brothers shouted at the same time, drawing attention of the few costumers towards them; however, they quickly lost interest as soon as they saw it was them, since they were used to see both brothers loudly playing around.
Seonghwa sighed and told them everything as he nervously played with the wedding rings which adorned his finger; he told them about the night before, about his meeting with Hongjoong - even tho he didnât confess them his name, he told them that the Pirate actually helped him get out of the Castle, and most importantly, he told them about the map.
They both listened carefully to every word with attentive eyes and furrowed eyebrows; however, neither of them did anything to hide their disapproval on their friendâs dangerous and irresponsible decision.
«So, youâre going with them?» Jongdae inquired.
«He didnât ask them yet, why donât you listen?» Baekhyun immediately answered his brother with an exasperated sigh, the rag was using before long forgotten on the counter and Jongdae shook his head; Seonghwa simply settled for watching them, since he already knew that they would react this way, not that he could blame them.
Seonghwa averted his gaze as Jongdae sighed in what the King would call disappointment, and he headed towards the back door; he silently followed the young Leader, waiting for the others to show up at the Resistanceâs meeting.
As soon as the meeting finished, they all walked back into the main hall of the inn, instantly surrounded by the loud familiar laughter and chatters that filled the place; by that time, the inn was finally crowded, so that no one actually would notice a group of people casually walking out from a back door.
Not that they would mind, actually the Resistanceâs group who lived in the city knew very well that the citizens would defend and hide them, in case of danger.
Seonghwaâs glance moved towards a familiar table in the corner of the room, who was once again occupied by seven familiar faces. They were laughing about something while one of them looking particularly flustered; Seonghwa deduced that they were probably celebrating the success of the previous night since, after all, no one apart from him knew their real identity.
Hongjoong was sitting facing the back door and exactly like the first time he saw him, he was looking at the others and laughing along with them, sometimes admonishing their too loud voices; instinctively, Seonghwa softly smiled looking at them, the conviction that after all they couldnât be so evil was inexplicably growing inside of his mind.
Still, he could swear that as he passed by their table to reach the counter, he saw the Captain winking at him; he instantly averted his gaze, ignoring the faint blush that covered his cheeks, and hoping that no one would notice but as his eyes locked with Baekhyun, he knew it was already too late, since the boy was looking at him with a smug smirk and malice in his eyes.
«Donât.» Seonghwa mumbled, interrupting and preventing any kind of commentary from his friend as he sat on his favourite stool.
Even if the room was crowded, the rectangular-shaped counter remained empty; people always opted to sit comfortably at one of the many tables, rather than alternate between standing and sitting on high and not too comfortable stools, Seonghwa noticed.
However, he has always preferred to occupy one of the side spaces of the counter, distant from prying eyes and without being in the way of those who approached to order drinks.
Seonghwa sat in his usual place, his back facing Hongjoongâs table; with an amused smile, Baekhyun placed a small glass of rum in front of Seonghwa, who politely declined with a flustered expression.
«I didnât say anything, yet.» Baekhyun chanted, playfully winking while faking innocence, «Jongdae will come around,» Baekhyun softly added, reaching forward to gently pat the otherâs shoulder, «we both knew this day would come but,» as he interrupted himself again with a sigh, Seonghwa curiously looked at him, «King or not, youâre a brother to us!»
Seonghwa nodded at Baekhyun, who squeezed his arm one last time before going back to a customer who called him on the other side of the counter; he couldnât do anything else but look at the other man as he efficiently worked, feeling his emotions turn into a mix of joy, and a hint of sadness.
Seonghwa was undoubtedly glad that his only two friends loved him as if he was a part of their own family, and he was sad about the idea of leaving them behind, although there was always that small hint of loneliness in Seonghwaâs heart since his wife passed away that he still didnât understand how to fill.
Although he loved them both, in that very moment, Seonghwa believed that he had to make the mission of finding the Aurora shard his own only priority.
«We meet again, thief.» a familiar voice snapped him out of his thoughts; Seonghwaâs head turned to his left, meeting Hongjoongâs sharp gaze. The Pirate had leaned on the counter with his back, resting his elbows on the surface; everything in his body language told him how confident and carefree that man felt, even despite the bounty hanging on his head.
For a second, the shadow of a thought flashed through Seonghwaâs mind: âHow would it feel to live like that?â
«Iâm not a thief, Pirate.» Seonghwa sighed and Hongjoong instinctively chuckled, tilting his head towards the King.
«Well⊠Technically speaking, you-»
«Take me with you.» Seonghwa interrupted the otherâs sentence; Hongjoongâs smile disappeared, replaced by a confused frown. The young Captain completely turned towards Seonghwa, his head still tilted to the side, one of his long earring tinkling, wondering how such a question could have come out of nowhere. The Pirate raised an eyebrow, as if to ask Seonghwa to explain himself and the young King tried again.
«Take me with you, next time you sail.» Seonghwaâs determined expression didnât falter for a second from Hongjoongâs eyes. The boy had the feeling that in that very moment, the Pirateâs attitude towards him had changed completely; the threatening and superior aura was back, and Seonghwa nervously bit his tongue as he waited for an answer.
«Iâm sure youâre confused, your Majesty,» Hongjoong answered, a fake grin adorning his face. «We do not sail on a cruise ship.»
Seonghwa scoffed in disbelief, «I know, but I need to go to a place⊠Iâm sure you could reach there.» he answered, mumbling the last part.
Of course, Hongjoong was taken back from that answer, how dangerous was his destination to ask to a group of Pirates to help him?
«Letâs suppose Iâm curious,» Hongjoong said, slowly inching closer to Seonghwa; now, he was fully seated and his knee right was touching the otherâs left leg, «where would you need to go?» He curiously asked, placing his chin on the palm of his hand.
Seonghwa turned towards him as well, so that now they were facing each other; the young King looked around, in order to make sure they were completely alone in that corner. He briefly noticed that some of Hongjoongâs crew members were looking at them, but he didnât notice that they were occasionally elbowing each other and pointing at their Captain with curious and amused smiles.
«The Mist.» Seonghwa revealed, and Hongjoongâs eyes narrowed in disbelief.
«Nice one, your Majesty. Iâm leaving you here.» Hongjoong sternly answered as he was about to get up from the stool and lead back to his companions.
«You canât!» Seonghwa loudly stopped him, his hand reaching out to hold his forearm, refraining him from standing up. Seonghwa was sure he heard one of the Captainâs friends whistle right after his sudden move, but he might as well be wrong, since his gaze didnât falter from Hongjoongâs eyes.
«Trust me, youâd better off staying here.» Hongjoong retorted; his posture returned to being relaxed, but the stern gaze didnât disappear. Back in the previous position, Seonghwaâs legs were now in the middle of Hongjoongâs spreaded legs, everything in their posture indicated how different they were.
«Suppose you kidnaped me instead?» Seonghwa pleaded. «Youâre a pirate arenât you? Then steal me! Is that so much to ask?» he concluded, lightly squeezing Hongjoongâs arm, his voice full of hope. He was talking a bit too loudly for his standard, but now, convincing Hongjoong to take him with them was more important than respecting the label of the peaceful King; on top of that, he was sure no one was interested in their conversation, judging by the constant loud chatter that could be heard all around the room.
«What do you have that I would want?» Hongjoong curiously challenged him, raising an eyebrow and leaning closer to the King.
«The Mistâs treasure. The Aurora shard is only one of the treasures that lie waiting in that cave.» Seonghwa answered immediately; he had studied the map long enough, and he knew about Pirates being after The Mistâs treasure well enough to understand that this was an interesting yet dangerous offer.
Hongjoong whistled, surprised.
«The Mistâs treasure you said?» Hongjoongâs interest was suddenly tickled, and he leaned forward towards Seonghwaâs face.
«Kidnapping royalty is a serious offense. It wonât do much to lower the bounty on your head.» a boy from his crew suddenly interrupted them, appearing right beside them; he wasnât particularly tall, but, Seonghwa noticed, his face looked handsome, like he just came out of a fairy tale. How long has he been overhearing their conversation? Was that a habit of this crew?
«Yeosang.» Hongjoong greeted the other, but neither his posture changed nor his gaze faltered from Seonghwaâs face, who was now looking at the boy interrupting him, «How much is the price on your head these days, I wonder?» he added with an amused sigh, as his attention was caught by the precious rings on the hand that still gripped his forearm.
«Will you be joining us?» another boy shyly asked. He was shorter than Yeosang, Seonghwa noticed, but as handsome as well; his hair was jet black apart of a white strand on his fringe.
«Slow down, San,» Hongjoong called out, «weâre pirates, but weâre not fools.» immediately, Seonghwa looked back at the Captain, confused; the Pirate was looking at him with a challenging smirk on his face.
«Compensation. How about the ring?» he asked with a raised eyebrow, leaning back from the Kingâs personal space.
«Isnât there something else?» Seonghwaâs reply was immediate, as he instinctively brought his hand to his chest.
âHe canât possibly ask for something like that!â, he thought, frowning. Both Yeosang and San - who was still clinging on the other Pirateâs arm, watched them with curiosity, but neither dared to say anything.
Hongjoongâs smirk turned into a sly grin, as he reassumed his previous position of resting his chin on his hand; his right arm, who was now free from Seonghwaâs tight hold, was now outstretched towards the young King, the palm of his hand turned upward, waiting.
«No oneâs forcing you.» he added, pleased by the otherâs reaction. Seonghwa sat there, under the strong gaze of three Pirates as he considered on what to do; although he didnât want to separate himself from something that important, he realized that judging by his reaction, the Pirate found out how to provoke him. Seonghwa sighed, briefly closing his eyes.
âHe probably thinks I will run awayâ he thought; his fingers weakly gripped his wifeâs wedding ring as he gazed back to the Pirateâs outstretched hand, gently placing the ring in the middle of it, and Hongjoongâs hand instantly closed around the small treasure.
«Iâll give it back once Iâll find something more valuable.» Hongjoong said, pleased by the outcome of the events; Seonghwa nodded, looking everywhere but at the Hongjoongâs face.
«We sail in two days, your Majesty. Make sure you have everything you need.» Hongjoongâs absently added, now playing with the ring in his hands; again, Seonghwa nodded, and left.
«What do you mean âsomething more valuableâ?» San curiously asked his Captain.
«Hard to say. Iâll know when I find it.» Hongjoong briefly stated.
Seonghwa handed back the keys to his room to Baekhyun, who accepted them with a sad smile on his face; even if the moon was still shining in the sky, it was almost time for him to leave.
«You can come back anytime you want.» Baekhyun mumbled as he hugged him tightly, and Seonghwa didnât hesitate to return the hug just as tightly.
«This is your home, after all.» Jongdae added, joining the hug; they stayed like that for few seconds, hoping to be able to recall that moment in their hearts if they missed each other. Eventually, with a sigh, Seonghwa released himself from his friends, his hands still wrapped in theirs.
«Take care, both of you.» he forced himself to smile as he nodded at them.
«Good luck, Seonghwa.» Jongdae said; rarely the latter called him by his first name and therefore, Seonghwa learned to cherish all of those little moments.
Seonghwa sighed again, adjusting his backpack on his shoulders; with a final wave, he turned around and started walking in direction of the harbour. He didnât have much to take with him, other than a few change of clothes the only things he had were respectively two swords and a map.
«Youâre here!» a familiar boy suddenly exclaimed, jumping out of nowhere, «The Captain told us to come look for you but we were kinda getting lost.» the boy Seonghwa recognized as San chuckled, and he smiled in return.
«Iâm San, by the way, and he is Wooyoung!» Seonghwaâs eyes moved to the boy with dark blonde hair standing next to San who, exactly like his friend, was looking at him with a bright smile, waving his hand as the other pirate introduced him; the trio hurried back to the harbour, which wasnât too far from where they met.
«Do we have to refer to you as âYour Majestyâ?» Wooyoung timidly asked as they reached their destination; Seonghwa chuckled before quickly shaking his head.
«Thereâs no need to respect any etiquette, Seonghwa is enough.» he politely answered with a smile and with hurried steps, they headed towards the only largest ship among all those moored in the port. Aside from the size of the ship, Seonghwa noticed curiously that there was not only a flag on the mast, but two; under the common Jolly Roger, another flag with their name written on it was proudly waving in the wind.
âI guess theyâre not that interested on keeping a low profileâŠâ  Seonghwa thought, briefly glancing around.
«Your Majesty has finally decided to join us!» Hongjoong friendly said, walking out from what he guessed were the Captainâs quarters, «Welcome on the Illusion.» he said; Seonghwa noticed that although there were some men busy completing preparations for departure only four boys approached them, and after the introductions, Hongjoong explained they were his most trusted men.
«San and Wooyoung will show you around.» the Captain absently said and without giving him the opportunity to reply, he returned exactly where he had come from.
«Donât mind him,» San commented his Captainâs behaviour.
«Heâs always nervous when weâre about to sail.» Wooyoung finished the otherâs sentence, and they started to show Seonghwa around the ship.
Few weeks passed quickly, and Seonghwa quickly got used to living surrounded by pirates, especially because â at least among them, there were actually nice people.
San and Wooyoung â respectively the boatswain and the doctor, were the most outgoing, not to mention that the two were practically inseparable. They would hug a minute, and the next they could be chasing each other all around the ship; Seonghwa thought they were too chaotic not to love them.
Yeosang was probably one of the quietest among them all; the only thing Seonghwa knew for sure was that if you needed him, youâd find him on the crowâs nest, with his peaceful gaze lost towards the horizon and his hair gently dishevelled by the breeze. «Itâs relaxing,» he told Seonghwa, a shy smile adorning his lips, «the sea is so boundless, it gives me peace.».
Mingi was a loud one, and probably the clumsiest; Seonghwa was puzzled when he told him he was the master gunner, wondering how could a boy both be able to trip on his feet and almost fall off the ship also and be the one in charge of something as dangerous as cannons and gunpowder.
Jongho was probably the most serious one, despite being the youngest. Since he was the head of the powder monkeys due to his great strength, he spent a lot of time with Mingi; Seonghwa often noticed how the younger would roll his eyes and then laugh at the otherâs clumsiness. Something he really enjoyed about Jongho was his voice. Sometimes, the young man would sing or simply hum as he was doing chores and Seonghwa was always more than happy to listen to him, even for few minutes.
Yunho was the least friendly. The young quartermaster made it clear since the beginning that he was not happy about his presence on the ship; however, to Seonghwaâs stupor, he never treated him badly. Although he behaved in a polite way towards him, he always opted to talk to him as little as possible, always preferring to joke around with the others.
Hongjoong was, first of all, his roommate. Apparently, the Captain decided that Seonghwa would sleep in his quarters since there was not a cabin for him and moreover, it would have been easier to keep an eye on him, although Seonghwa ended up falling asleep every night wondering where the other would actually sleep, since he never slept in the same bed with him.
However, Seonghwa casually found out the answer to this mystery when he woke up in the middle of the night due to a nightmare; the first thing he noticed was the figure of the Pirate asleep on the heavy chair of his desk, dimly illuminated by the light of the moon coming through the window and by a candle that was about to go out. Quickly, Seonghwa got out of the bed and instinctively covered him with a blanket; it became a silent routine between them, although neither ever said anything about it.
Among all of them, he was the one he spent most time with, discussing about their journey, or simply sharing stories about Hongjoongâs travels and Seonghwaâs life in the Castle; the young King always preferred to listen to the otherâs tales, there was something endearing in the way his eyes lit up every time he talked about the adventures he had with his friends, and the many place they had seen together.
«I could take you there, next time! You should definitely see that!» the Pirate would say sometimes, and Seonghwa found himself nodding, utterly blinded by curiosity and forgetting about the fact that once he regained his position as King, it would be impossible to go anywhere without a small group of soldiers following him everywhere.
The first thing that caught Seonghwaâs eyes about his new room was without a doubt, the ceiling; the Kingâs eyes travelled in awe over a planisphere that occupied the whole wall above them. However, it was still incomplete; Hongjoong told him about it being a project he made with Yeosangâs help, it proceeded slowly and concerned the whole known world.
Bright colours illustrated a map very similar to the one Seonghwa possessed and the similarity intrigued him, since that map was a legacy of his father.
From what he learned, the young Captain loved drawing, Seonghwa remembered seeing him few times with a notebook and a pen in his hand; at first he thought it was a simple diary board, but in the end, he eventually understood that it wasnât.
Hongjoong was a severe Captain, but cherished his members deeply.
They set foot on land on a rather small island, so that they could restock the ship before leaving again. Seonghwa couldnât help but looking around in awe since after all, he had never crossed the borders of his Kingdom before.
«Be careful not to get too far from me or the others,» Hongjoong recommended, «and take this.» he said, as he handed him a short dagger; Seonghwa frowned in response, his confused eyes darting to Hongjoongâs.
«Just in case.» the Captain added; the young King nodded in response, and safely hid the blade in his right boot.
As Hongjoong excused himself saying he had business to take care of, Seonghwa realized that the others were already gone and he had to spend his day with Yunho; although the Pirate wasnât happy about it either, he did nothing to show it.
«The townâs market district is really nice,» Yunho spoke suddenly, slightly startling Seonghwa, since they had been walking around in silence for most of the afternoon, «Would you like to go there?»
«Iâd love to, if itâs not a problem.» Seonghwa nodded with a smile, the other scoffed in response.
«I figured youâd be curious after living locked up.» Yunho briefly stated, now heading towards a different part of town.
The market district was rather small, but it was definitely lively; the streets were full of people, potential buyers surrounded the stalls that were selling different varieties of fabrics, jewellery and food.
Seonghwaâs attention was drawn to a particular fabric, decorated with intricate patterns and while observing it he noticed that Yunho had silently stopped beside him.
They shared a brief glance as they unintentionally overheard a small discussion happening between a seller and a customer next to them, which was making up excuses in order to buy something with a lower price; what caught their attention, however, was the man who had hidden a large piece of fabric in his bag, taking advantage of the sellerâs distraction. Seonghwa was about to intervene, but Yunho acted faster: he tightly grabbed a hold of the thiefâs wrist which looked up caught by surprise.
«Now, how about you return what you havenât paid, for?» he said loudly enough to catch the attention of both men who were still arguing, «Iâm in a bad mood, donât make me stain all of these pretty fabrics.» as the thief denied, Yunho tightened his hold on his grip. Seonghwa watched the smaller man tried to punch the Pirate, which was a really poor attempt considering Yunho was twice as tall; Seonghwa quickly understood that the thief and the other man were accomplices, and as a small fight started between Yunho and the thief, Seonghwa managed to cut the shoulder belt of the bag hiding the stolen fabric.
He quickly returned it to the old man who incredulously watched the scene happening, and managed to turn around in time to see that the other thief was sneaking behind Yunhoâs back holding a small knife. Seonghwaâs hand acted before his brain could process what was happening; he reached for his dagger and quickly stopped the thief pressing the blade against his throat, not enough to cut his skin, but enough to sting.
«Thatâs not very loyal, thief.» Seonghwa stated, catching Yunhoâs attention.
«Woah! Thanks, buddy!» Yunho flashed him a surprised smile, which Seonghwa immediately returned; however, that small fight gathered a small group of people who started screaming and looking for guards.
«Calling the guards?!» Yunhoâs gaze returned on Seonghwaâs, «Time to leave.» they quickly let go of the thieves and headed back from the direction where they came from, breaking into a run; judging from the screams, nobody was following them but people were indeed preventing the two thieves from running away.
Yunho and Seonghwa stopped far enough to not be recognized, both boys panting and crouched down with both their hands on their knees.
«I was wrong, youâre not that bad!» Yunho kindly offered him, and Seonghwa started laughing in response.
«I owe you a big one, your Majesty.» Yunho chuckled, reaching out to ruffle the otherâs hair with a bright smile on his face. Seonghwaâs smile widened as soon as he felt Yunhoâs gentle touch; he always noticed that he used to do that to younger members, so he felt like the other was slowly accepting him into the crew.
«I would have helped him but,» Seonghwa inhaled, trying to catch his breath after the long and sudden run «why did you? The crew doesnât exactly have a magnanimous reputation.»
«Letâs say we do some âselective stealingâ for a living,» Yunho nodded, smiling, «and with âselectiveâ I mean itâs almost always rich people.» Seonghwa nodded, patiently listening to him, «we all come from different Reigns.
Before joining Hongjoong, some of us were in some really bad situation.» Yunho straightened up, stretching his arms over his head, «Weâre Pirates, and we constantly live on the verge of being arrested or to kill someone but⊠We still have morals.»
Seonghwa deeply inhaled again, feeling his breath steadying and his heart gradually returning to a normal pace; glancing up and seeing the colours of the sky, pink and orange, thanks to the sunset that transform it into a painting, he realized that he hadnât feel so alive in a while.
That night at the tavern, Hongjoong thought he was hallucinating. He was sitting with Jongho, Yeosang and Mingi while he waited for the others to join them, and the next thing he saw were Seonghwa and Yunho entering the bar-room chattering and laughing together
«Captain, I think⊠Iâm drunk?» Hongjoong knew Mingi was referring to the same thing heâs just seen.
«Finally, Yunho snapped out of it.» Yeosang briefly answered, and Jongho agreed with him.
San and Wooyoung arrived few moments later; both with messy hair and a visible blush on their cheeks.
Later that night, taking advantage of the confusion of the crowded tavern and the others busy playing a random game Seonghwa didnât understand the rules of, Hongjoong reached out to take a hold of one of the two thin white cords hanging off the collar of Seonghwaâs shirt in order to bring him closer.
«So,» Hongjoong smirked, slowly rolling the thin fabric around his index finger; Seonghwaâs cheeks slightly reddened due of their sudden proximity, «youâre officially one of us, now.» the King noticed how the pirateâs intense glance quickly drifted from his eyes, to his lips and then back to his eyes, before releasing his hold on the fabric.
Hongjoong got back to his original position, his attention caught once again by the game the others were playing; Seonghwa, on the other hand, was confused on why that warm sensation he felt on his cheeks wouldnât disappear.
He involuntarily locked eyes with Yeosang, who was silently questioning him from the other side of the table with a hint of an amused smile and a raised eyebrow.
Seonghwa realized how much his permanence on the ship changed since Yunho started treating him better.
First of all, the air on the ship seemed much more cheerful; the rest of the crew stopped definitively referring to him as âYour Majestyâ and started addressing him as âSeonghwaâ, which he was very grateful for.
In addition, it was even more fun to chat when they eight of them stayed in the dining room after dinner; much like at the tavern, there were nights where theyâd play games, other nights theyâd share fun stories and sometimes, Seonghwa could hear about how the others joined Hongjoongâs crew, since they all came from different Kingdoms.
«Wait, you were married?!» San cut him off, slightly rising his head from his forearms resting on the table, as it was his turn to tell something about himself; Seonghwa nodded in response, a gentle smile on his lips as he shortly remembered about her.
«Was she cute?» Wooyoung curiously wondered and Seonghwa kindly smiled, watching him lean comfortably against Sanâs head, thinking how sometimes they both were like two curious kids.
«She was! We also loved each other but,» he sighed before continuing «sadly, people firmly believed we got along only because of mutual political benefits.» Seonghwa stared at the table, a sad smile adorning his lips, and the others fell silent.
«Is⊠Is this why weâre going to The Mist?» Jongho asked, implying the matter revolved around her death.
Seonghwa quickly shook his head and explained everything, remembering how he only told Hongjoong the full story, and how the pirate sincerely answered that they donât take sides in political matters so theyâre not interested in them, either. He spent some time talking about Jongdae and Baekhyun, too; about how they welcomed him in their house and treated him like a family member.
«We should visit them again, sometimes!» Seonghwa unconsciously added, resulting in Hongjoong â as always sitting next to him, looking at the King with a confused raised eyebrow. As he finished explaining, they all agreed it was a risky mission, but it was worth a try.
«We trust the Captain.» Yunho explained.
«Yeah!» Mingi quickly added, «Heâs gonna guide us right in and out of there!»
Seonghwa turned his head as he felt Hongjoongâs hand ruffle his hair.
«Weâre gonna make it.» He simply told him with a gentle smile and truthful eyes.
That night, Seonghwa couldnât sleep. No matter how much he tossed and turned in his bed, he just couldnât sleep. He pushed off the covers with a heavy sigh and got up from the bed; he picked up the blanket which Hongjoong usually used and decided to join him on the quarter deck.
«Hey, Hongjoong!» he whispered as he greeted him, stopping to sit on the wooden stairs that connected the deck to the quarter deck.
«Seonghwa?» Hongjoong narrowed his eyes to see the otherâs shape tightly wrapped up in a blanket. «Why are you here? Did you miss me?» he teased.
Seonghwa rolled his eyes at him, knowing that he couldnât see him well due to the only source of illumination being the full moon in the sky.
«I canât sleep.» he simply answered.
«It happens, youâll get used to it.» he smiled, «Are you sure you donât want to go back inside? It should be around⊠One, two in the morning.» he added, frowning. Seonghwa knew he probably said that because of the cold night breeze, but a sincere «I want to stay here with you.» escaped his lips before he could process it.
Hongjoong nodded, and they spent some time in a comfortable silence, the cold night breeze softly caressed his face and the sound of the waves made him relax a little bit.
«When will we arrive?» Seonghwa mumbled, breaking the silence.
«Oh! You already want to get rid of us?!» Hongjoong dramatically answered, placing on his heart the hand that wasnât holding the helm and Seonghwa laughed, shaking his head.
«I think⊠Two months, maximum.» the pirate answered him, turning serious. «Do you know what does the Aurora shard look like?» he questioned few moments later.
Seonghwa shook his head, and sighed, «I have no idea. Iâm supposed to find it and then Iâm supposed to reclaim the position as King.»
«Supposed to?» Hongjoong inquired. Seonghwa simply nodded, as they fell in another silence.
«Hongjoong?» Seonghwa called out few minutes later, and the Pirate hummed in response, «Tell me about some other adventure of yours.» he demanded, his gaze lost in the dark sea.
Seonghwa always lost track of time during these moments, and tonight wasnât any different. He thought to be a rather annoying listener since he always asked a lot of things and clarifications as Hongjoong went on but, the Pirate always smiled and answered him with as many details the King asked for.
Seonghwa was so lost immersing himself in the Captainâs story that he didnât realise the sky was starting to slowly paint itself with warm colours. It was almost sunrise, he realized, so that meant they talked all night.
«Hongjoong?» Seonghwa asked again and the pirate hummed again in response, this time the King could clearly see the gentle smile on his lips as he did. «Why do you sail?»
Hongjoong gently answered to come stand next to him and Seonghwa complied, the blanket long forgotten on the stairs; once they were close enough, Hongjoong kept holding the helm with his left hand and guided Seonghwaâs right hand above his.
«Freedom.» he simply stated, «Weâre never âsupposed toâ do something. We do things because we want to.» Hongjoong explained further, quoting the Kingâs previous words, as he noticed Seonghwaâs confused frown. Seonghwa absently nodded and turned his head to stare towards the horizon, at the sun rising right in front of them.
«Seonghwa, let me ask you one thing,» Hongjoongâs eyes stared at Seonghwaâs face as he hummed in answer, too distracted by the sunset to notice, «Do you want to resume your position as King because you want to, or because youâre supposed to?»
Seonghwa didnât answer; he slightly turned his head to look at Hongjoong, who briefly exchanged his gaze before going back looking at the horizon with a relaxed expression.
As he watched how the otherâs hair was gently dishevelled by the breeze and the sun momentarily painted his face with various shades of red, he thought that maybe he didnât have an answer to the pirateâs question.
As his eyes drifted to look at their intertwined fingers around the helm, he thought that maybe he did. He did not realize who initiated the action first, but he found the warmth of Hongjoongâs hand quite reassuring.
«Well, I can come back later, if you want to.» both boys quickly turned towards a smiling Mingi, who was looking at them leaning on the railway.
Seonghwa felt his cheeks burn; he mumbled a weak and embarrassed «Itâs okay.» and quickly left, recovering the sheet still forgotten on the stairs.
«So⊠Pirate King?» Mingi joked further, wrapping an arm around his Captainâs shoulders.
«Mingi, do you perhaps have a death wish?» Hongjoong asked back, annoyed.
As other long days went by, Seonghwa found himself lost in thoughts more than he actually wanted to; not only last nightâs events kept coming back into his mind, but Hongjoongâs words kept on repeating. In addition to that, he noticed how often he found himself staring at the Captain or, sometimes, glancing towards him to see what was he was up to.
Sometimes Hongjoong would notice Seonghwa looking at him and would offer him a cheeky smile, some other time a playful wink; either way, Seonghwa always diverted his gaze as quickly as possible, a faint blush on his cheeks. And so, another silent routine was slowly crafting itself: at night, especially when he couldnât sleep, he would join Hongjoong on the quarterback. The infinite number of topics they could find to talk for whole nights was surprising, however, the Captain never mentioned that particular question again.
Theyâd spend most of the morning sleeping, Seonghwa always feeling a little guilty to see Hongjoong sleeping on his desk chair, even if he never complained about his body being aching and sore, not even once.
One sunny afternoon, Seonghwa decided to climb up the crowâs nest, to see if Yeosangâs method to clear his mind worked on him too.
«Well, hello there.» Yeosang kindly greeted him, a warm smile on his face. «I didnât expect visitors, today.» he joked; the place was wide enough for both boys to sit.
«I needed a quiet place to think.» Seonghwa mumbled, and Yeosang quietly nodded in response.
The young King sat next to the pirate, his back pressed against the wooden railway; neither of them spoke, and Seonghwa understood why the other loved this place so much. The othersâ voices were distant, almost a background noise coming up from below them. Wherever he looked, his eyes were lost in the vastness of the ocean, especially that thin line where the sky and the sea seemed to merge together. Seonghwa found it relaxing, to say the least.
«Why am I doing this?» Seonghwa asked out loud few minutes later, rubbing his eyes with an exasperated sigh.
«Like, why are you up here?» Yeosang questioned, a bit confused; the King shook his head and told the Pirate about the conversation he had with Hongjoong; he didnât need to mention the part where Mingi interrupted them, the fact that they were holding hands at sunset had been the hot topic on the ship for at least three days.
«Well, I believe that everyone by now noticed that youâre pretty comfortable with us,» Yeosang said, «and I also believe that the Captain is trying to make you realize that you can always choose your own destiny.» Seonghwa felt his eyes on him, so he turned his head towards the younger Pirate, «Heâs.. Quite fond of you.» Yeosang smiled sweetly, «I see a lot things from here, you know?» the Pirateâs  smile widened as he saw Seonghwa blushing.
«L-like what?» Seonghwa adverted his gaze, suddenly pretending to be focused on the fabric of the sleeve of his cotton shirt.
«That you may not realize it, your Majesty, but youâre kinda fond of him too.» Seonghwaâs eyes widened, and he blushed violently.
«I-Iâm not-» he stuttered, and the pirate softly chuckled.
«I told you, I see a lot of things from up here!» he laughed, and Seonghwa didnât answer; his gaze went back to the sea, a whirlwind of confused thoughts in his head, as they fell in another comfortable silence.
A few hours later, the young King felt Yeosang gently calling his attention by lightly shaking his shoulder, and he excused himself as he didnât realize dozing off.
«I told you it was relaxing,» the pirate smiled. «However, weâd better get back on deck, a storm is coming.» Seonghwa nodded, as he complied.
Yeosangâs accuracy was admirable, not even an hour later it started raining and what started as a light drizzle, turned into a real storm.
«Stay in the quarters, I canât risk you falling off.» Hongjoong ordered him, hastily grabbing his forearm.
«I want to help!» Seonghwa shook his head, both boys were already soaked wet as they both clinged to the shipâs ropes. Hongjoong sighed and nodded, not having enough time to fight with the stubborn young King and went back giving the crew various orders; with difficulty, Seonghwa helped the others and together they managed to secure all the sails without falling overboard.
The feeling of facing a storm in the dark, in the middle of the ocean, was terrifying, and he low-key regretted not having followed the captainâs advice. In addition to feeling his stomach upside down due to the violent and redundant movements of the ship, he was also wet and cold.
However, as quickly as the storm arrived, it passed; it lasted few hours and naturally calmed down. Seonghwa looked around trying to catch his breath, the others were in various parts of the ship, reduced to his own state, happy not to have capsized at sea.
The sun was brightly shining on their head as Seonghwa met Hongjoongâs gaze, and both of them erupted into a wide smile; Hongjoong quickly winked at him, and Seonghwa adverted his gaze with a content smile and blushing cheeks.
Back in the Captainâs quarters, even if they had managed to change clothes, neither of them could get rid of the feeling of cold; Seonghwa was as already in bed peeking at the Pirate, wrapped up in few blankets and obviously sitting uncomfortably at his desk chair.
«Hongjoong,» the young King whispered, and the other boy wordlessly glanced at him, «sleep with me tonight.» he said, realizing too late how ambiguous his sentence sounded; Hongjoongâs face was so confused by that sudden request that Seonghwa couldnât help but blush and hurriedly explain himself.
«I meant,» Seonghwa hurriedly added, hiding himself further into the mattress, «Iâm cold, and you must be cold as well, so I thought that we could share the bed.»
Few moments later, as he felt some weight partially drop onto the bed, Seonghwa peeked out from his hideout, just to see that the Pirate was still rolled up in at least two thick blankets, but now was unsurely looking at him.
«Are you sure youâre comfortable enough?» the Pirate asked further, and Seonghwa couldnât help but blush further as he reminded Yeosangâs words from that afternoon; he simply nodded in a silent answer, rolling towards the wall to create enough space for the pirate to get in.
Before sliding under the covers, Hongjoong spreaded on the bed the blankets with which he was wrapped so that they could feel a little more warmth.
«Oh, wow,» Hongjoong sighed as he stretched under the covers, «I missed so much sleeping on a real bed.» Seonghwa silently admired his satisfied face from the other side of the mattress; eventually, the young King propped on his right elbow, an embarrassed blush on his face.
«Do you see the line between the cushions?» he asked, and Hongjoong nodded, holding back a smile.
«This is my space,» he patted the mattress next to himself, «and thatâs yours.» he said, pointing towards a chuckling Hongjoong. Seonghwaâs blush deepened due to the sudden intimacy of the situation; he had been close to the Captain but it was never like this - even if a small part of himself had to admit that he didnât dislike the thought so much.
The Pirate simply rolled his eyes as he laughed, shifting on his side so that his back was facing Seonghwa.
«Sleep well, Seonghwa.» the Captain whispered.
«You too, Hongjoong.» he immediately murmured back, wondering if he could fall asleep when his heart was beating so loud and so rapidly that he started to believe it wanted to run away from him.
Seonghwa slept soundly and coincidentally, without having nightmares; as he regained consciousness, he slowly blinked himself awake just to find Hongjoongâs face few millimetres from his.
Seonghwaâs heart probably skipped a beat seeing the other so close to him first thing in the morning; the pirate was still deeply asleep, his lips slightly parted and breathing softly. Apparently, during the night they both shifted and they slept with their forehead leaning against each other; Seonghwa wandered through his thoughts for a bit, trying to label that familiar feeling of warmth and sense of security he felt anytime the other was close to him.
By now, theyâd already spent a lot of days together. As he admired his face, his fingers absent-mindedly brushed Hongjoongâs cheekbones, his nose, and the curve of his lips, trying to be as careful as he could not to wake him up.
However, these actions must have tickled the other boy since he slightly scrunched his nose, shaking his head and mumbling incomprehensible things, earning a soft smile from Seonghwa.
«Seonghwa,» Hongjoong groaned, his voice hoarse from sleep «go back to sleep, itâs still early.» he said, not bothering to open his eyes.
«Itâs your fault,» Seonghwa mumbled back as a faint blush covered his cheeks, as he hurriedly made up an excuse, «you were on my side of the bed.» Hongjoong hummed back, and the young King shifted his position until his back was facing the Captain, his heart racing for being caught caressing the otherâs face.
However, his blush deepened as he noticed that between the two of them, someone indeed had crossed the invisible border outlined by the cushions, but it was not Hongjoong.
His thoughts immediately came to a halt as he felt the otherâs forehead gently pressing against his back, and one of his arms tentatively circling his waist.
«Go back to sleep.» the Pirate mumbled again, and the King gradually felt himself drifting back to sleep, his hand unconsciously reaching on top of Hongjoongâs and intertwining their fingers.
The next time they set foot on land, everyone immediately got excited as soon as they heard that the village was holding a big festival.
Seonghwa decided to follow around Mingi and Jongho for the day. Both boys took time to patiently explain to him everything they purchased, and the young King mentally admitted to himself he didnât care much about gunpowder but he was glad to be helpful carrying around few things.
The day passed quickly, and before he knew it, they were dining together. Yunho placed eight fox masks with different colours on the table, accompanied by as many identical pins. The masks covered half of their faces, Seonghwa noticed, and they all had different colour patterns and were painted with different and precise details.
«These were the best one I could find,» he said pointing to the masks, «and these are for recognizing each other.» he added, pointing at the small golden pins.
«Theyâre heart shaped⊠Arenât they cute?» San commented in a small voice, smiling as he reached out to take one pin and stick in in front of his jacket; the others agreed and imitated his actions, and then the masks were distributed.
âAre they really pirates?â the King thought as he watched them getting excited over heart shaped pins and fox-masks. Seonghwa took the black mask which was adorned with precise gold and white details which resembled small flowers. Instinctively, he glanced up and noticed Hongjoong had chosen the mask which was white and it was coloured with black and red details.
They finished dining together, and headed towards the main streets of the village.
Hongjoong and Seonghwa eventually drifted away from the others; after all, with so many people crowding the streets, it was normal to eventually get separated. Lanterns and colourful garlands decorated the streets of the village, and music, laughs and chatters could be heard everywhere.
Seonghwa didnât exactly know when and how it happened but, somehow during the evening, both him and Hongjoong got dragged by few people who were dancing in order to join them. The young King held balls since he could remember, so it was not difficult to mimic his various companionâs steps. With the corner of an eye, Seonghwa noticed that the pirate wasnât having too many problems, either. Finally reunited with his friend, they held hands as they followed the other peopleâs movements and spun around one more time, and the music momentarily stopped to restart again with another rhythm. They stood there, facing one another and happily smiling, slightly panting as people resumed the dance.
Hongjoong suddenly grabbed Seonghwaâs hand and started walking away from the crowded square, suddenly too noisy for his taste; the King trusted the Pirate and let him lead them away through crowded alleys, until both boys turned into one which was less busy. The lanterns located all around town provided to make everything a bit more romantic and suggestive; Seonghwa started feeling nervous, wondering why the other decided to drag him away all of a sudden.
«Iâm glad you were having fun!» Hongjoong exclaimed, letting go of his hand and Seonghwa nodded in response, a bit confused.
«I actually wanted to ask you something,» the Pirate said, stepping in front of him as he took off his own mask. Seonghwa didnât understand why something in that small gesture seemed so casual and yet so intimate; Hongjoongâs cheeks were flushed, probably due to all the dance they did earlier. The Captain took a big breath, «donât go back, Seonghwa. Stay with us. Stay with me.» he said, murmuring the last part.
Seonghwa immediately realized why that gesture seemed so intimate to him: he was asking that not as his Captain, but simply as Hongjoong.
A Captainâs request was absolute, and Hongjoong was not only exposing his feelings hopelessly, but he was also giving him the opportunity to say no.
Seonghwa was completely taken aback from that; his eyes widened, glad he was still wearing the mask so that the other couldnât see his reaction. He feared that as the Pirate closed the space between them with another step, he could have heard his quick heartbeat.
Seonghwa knew better than anyone that someone had to overthrow the Governor and complete his task but, during the last weeks, he slowly came to the realization that spending his days with Hongjoong and the others could be what his heart truly longed for.
He spent so many days locked up in the Castleâs library reading adventures books, he spent so many days feeling in a cage â even if he felt cherished and respected, that now that he tasted what freedom could mean he wasnât sure he wanted to give it up.
Hongjoong interrupted the otherâs train of thoughts as he tentatively reached up to take off the Kingâs mask, throwing it on the ground; they were looking in each otherâs eyes, now and therefore, Seonghwa couldnât hide nor himself nor his feelings behind a fox mask any more.
Hongjoongâs stare was fierce and intense, and neither this time hid sign of lie; Seonghwa couldnât help but wonder, what did the pirate see in his eyes? He also wondered if his gaze was eloquent enough for the other to understand his answer.
The Pirate raised his left hand and started playing with the cotton string hanging from Seonghwaâs shirt, just like he did in the tavern; they stared in each otherâs eyes in silence, Hongjoong was looking at him with nothing but pure and sincere tenderness, his smile matching his feelings.
Hongjoongâs right hand brushed against Seonghwaâs cheek, and he leaned into his touch. It felt so familiar to him, yet completely foreign and new; the Pirateâs eyes dropped to the otherâs lips, however he didnât do anything. He gazed back into the Kingâs eyes, looking for any trace of discomfort.
Seonghwa understood how once again the Pirate was bravely baring his soul but yet again, he was giving the King another opportunity to step away anytime he wanted.
They were staring in each otherâs eyes, no words needed to be exchanged; Seonghwa wanted to kiss him â like two distant lovers reuniting after lives of waiting, for that was the other made him feel. The young Kingâs arms had been loose on his sides for all this time; he briefly glanced at Hongjoongâs smiling lips while his right hand rested gently on the Pirateâs cheek.
âI want to stay,â he thought.
As if he heard Seonghwaâs thoughts, Hongjoong tugged the strings of his shirt, and their lips met halfway.
The Pirate kissed him slowly, nothing more than pecks exchanged between soft smiles; everything in that first kiss made Seonghwa understand the sincerity of Hongjoongâs feelings, and he made sure to reciprocate the tenderness in them.
The King will never know, but the Pirate had been thinking about this moment for weeks. He had spent so many lonely nights on the quarterdeck wondering about his growing feelings, that now he was making sure any and every kiss held the confessions of his emotions.
Their lips moulded together at some point; Hongjoong tried to nip at the otherâs lower lip and Seonghwa exhaled deeply through his nose. His left arm snaked around the otherâs hips to close the distance between them, the unexpected need to feel Hongjoong as close as possible as their kiss got more passionate.
The Pirateâs breath hitched at that sudden move, the hand which was previously resting on his cheek was now entangled in the otherâs soft hair; as he felt the otherâs firm body against his, his tongue wandered towards the otherâs lips, silently asking for permission to deepen the kiss even more.
Seonghwa tilted his head, one of his hands reaching to the otherâs nape and his right arm still supporting the Pirate who was standing on his tiptoes; a soft moan escaped both boys as they enjoyed the warmth of each otherâs mouth, when a loud, distant and sudden series of noises startled them.
Both boys quickly separated from each other, fearing the worst as their heads turned towards the source of it; however, Hongjoong sighed, and started laughing.
«Fireworks? Really?!» he asked, dumbfounded.
«Look at yourself,» Seonghwa laughed, his arms finding their way back around Hongjoongâs shoulders, «a dangerous and ruthless pirate getting startled by fireworks!» he joked, emphasising the last part.
«Donât get smart with me, I saw you got startled too.» Hongjoong placed the top of his head against Seonghwaâs chest as he was still chuckling, and the King placed a tender kiss on his hair.
This time, Seonghwa was well aware that the other could hear loud and clear the pace of his quick heartbeat; he blushed and smiled softly at the thought, the otherâs arms encircling his slim waist.
«Letâs go back.» smiled Hongjoong, lifting his head to look at Seonghwa, which nodded at him.
As the night passed, they managed to reunite with Yunho, Yeosang and Jongho at some point, and even though the three of them had noticed their suddenly swollen lips and their dishevelled hair, no one had mentioned it.
Days seemed to fly and the crew seemed to get a little more tense and restless each day the ship entered an increasingly foggy area.
âFinally â, Seonghwa thought, mentally praising both Yeosangâs and Hongjoongâs skills to identify and proceed towards the right route after meticulously studying the map and the stars every day since they left Seonghwaâs kingdom.
The situation worsened day by day: for the purpose of being able to see each other once they stepped on deck, they hanged small lanterns almost everywhere, in order to prevent anyone from falling off the ship; often and willingly the crew kept their spirits up by joking about how more than pirates, they looked like a haunted ship. Things between Seonghwa and Hongjoong did not change much, except the kissing part, of course.
Since the journey started and during the time they spent together, it slowly became a natural habit to exchange innocent and gentle touches; Hongjoong would ruffle his hair or eventually, Seonghwa would caress the otherâs face as they woke up facing each other and consequently, it became equally natural for them to become further intimate.
Despite everything, they tried to remain as discreet as possible every time they were around the others, but the crew did not fail to notice some affectionate gestures between the two â whether they were kisses or caresses.
Some would ignore them, some would playfully tease them. The young King often took time to reflect on how things had changed drastically for him; he never thought he could develop romantic feelings for someone since his wife died, let alone a Pirate, yet there he was. It was as if the mere presence of Hongjoong made him feel at ease; even if they werenât standing close or even if the Pirate wasnât paying attention to him, Seonghwa somehow felt protected. He was happy; he felt safe again, after a long time.
Still, there was a part of him that felt incredibly guilty.
âDo you want to resume your position as King because you want to, or because youâre supposed to?â Hongjoongâs words managed to breach his soul and now, he didnât know how to deal with his duties. Which one did he had to follow? His heart or his mind? Which one was the right path for him?
The pirateâs presence made him feel incredibly happy, it was undeniable; however, sometimes he felt like that if he decided to follow his heart, he would betray his Kingdom. Otherwise, if he decided to follow his duties, he knew there was a high probability that he wouldnât see Hongjoong ever again.
Was it what he really wanted?
The moment his title was restored, he would immediately be covered with responsibilities and duties; he would go back to do what he had always done but this time, he would have been alone. Seonghwa had never made a secret of how essential the presence of his wife was for him; since she passed away he had feel so terribly alone and since his journey started, he slowly came to the realization that every time he was around either Hongjoong or the others, he wouldnât feel so alone anymore. He wanted to have a family again, he wanted to feel loved again, and it was the exact feeling the Pirateâs company was giving him.
Seonghwaâs eyes wandered over the painted ceiling, travelling back to the small portrait of his Kingdom. He had no idea how things were going back there, but he knew it would be wrong to turn his back on his people. They needed a King after all.
âWhoever could claim the position.â he thought, a familiar face flashing in his brain for a second; he sighed loudly in frustration and he shook his head, realizing that even if him and Hongjoong kissed, he never actually replied to him.
Deep down, Seonghwa knew exactly what he really longed for; he wanted to stay with the Pirate, to sail with him until the end of the world.
However, was it the right thing to do? Could he give up his duties for love?
«San, help me. I think Iâm hallucinating!» Wooyoung commented one evening at dinner, gripping Sanâs elbow as he saw Hongjoong sitting on Seonghwaâs lap and placing his plate in front of him.
«But you are the doctor, Wooyoung!» answered San, holding in return the otherâs arm and trying not to drop his fork. Seonghwa laughed, sure as hell his red cheeks gave away his embarrassment; he timidly circled Hongjoongâs waist with his left arm while his right one rested on the otherâs thigh.
Hongjoong looked at both San and Wooyoung with an amused expression and a raised eyebrow as to say âwhy are you even surprised?â, and Seonghwa tried to hide his blushing face behind Hongjoongâs shoulder.
«So⊠Lovers?» Mingi asked, with a hopeful and happy smile on his face, indicating between them with his fork.
«Itâs up to his Majesty to decide that, Iâm still an outlaw.» Hongjoong shrugged and nodded towards Seonghwa, while continuing to eat.
Hongjoong didnât turn his head in time to see that, but everyone else at the table noticed how Seonghwaâs smile softened as he looked at him, and the King delicately traced random patterns against the Pirateâs back with this fingers.
Later that night, Hongjoong led Seonghwa to his quarters while holding his hand, between loud cheers and whistles from the crew.
«So, loverâŠÂ» Hongjoong began, joining the other boy under the covers; Seonghwa chuckled in response, covering both of them with a blanket.
«Donât get smart with me!» Seonghwa laughed, «Itâs not like I canât hear Mingi calling you âPirate Kingâ all the time!»
They laid in bed facing each other, the soft moonlight providing the light that illuminated the Captainâs quarters; as they intertwined their fingers, Hongjoong brought their hands in front of his lips.
«You know,» he said, slowly kissing the otherâs knuckles, his gaze lost and enchanted in an undefined point between the two of them, «I never thought Iâd catch feelings for royalty.»
Seonghwa smiled, softly «You tell me?» he sighed, «I went from being in love with a docile and peaceful Queen to develop feelings for a man with a bounty on his head!» the King affectionately joked; Hongjoong scoffed a laugh, letting go of the otherâs hand, pretending to be deeply offended by Seonghwaâs words.
«What if the bounty on  your head ends up getting higher than mine?» the Pirate leaned closer to the King, pressing on his chest so that now Hongjoong was slightly laying on top of him; the Captain shifted, so that he was lifted on his right elbow, his chin resting on the palm of his hand.
«I highly doubt so, short people can be evil.» Seonghwa remarked, a sly smile adorning his lips. The pirate silently raised an eyebrow at him, as his fingers slowly traced random patterns on the Kingâs chest, from his neck towards his waist; Seonghwa slightly shivered, feeling the otherâs cold digits through the thin fabric of his shirt.
«Yet, here you are.» Hongjoong mumbled, his position didnât falter except for his right leg which was now positioned between Seonghwaâs.
The King shifted his position too, faintly widening his legs so that the pirate could be more comfortable and slightly bent his right knee, which wasnât the one between Hongjoongâs legs. Seonghwa reached out, circling the otherâs waist with his left arm and softly tracing the outline of Hongjoongâs soft lips with the other.
The Kingâs eyes focused on his thumb pressing on the Pirateâs lips, the room suddenly feeling too hot; Hongjoong was still casually laying in his original position, attentive to the other boyâs movements. He slowly parted his lips and let his tongue dart out to gently lick at the boyâs finger, and Seonghwaâs breath hitched and instinctively, he ran his tongue over his lips.
Hongjoong dared a bold move as he swirled his tongue around the Kingâs fingertip, smirking as he felt the grip on his waist slightly tighten; Seonghwa pulled his finger back as his hand quickly reached over Hongjoongâs nape and connected their lips and Hongjoong sighed, content finally feeling the contact he had been yearning for.
Hongjoong immediately returned the kiss with equal fervour, his left hand gripping tightly at the otherâs waist as the other one was entangled in the Kingâs black hair; Seonghwa let his tongue slip out to swipe at the Pirateâs lips, who wasted no time to comply that silent request. Seonghwaâs hand rested on the Pirateâs hip as he held him close, letting him set the pace and the Pirate lifted his leg over Seonghwaâs hip, which let out a shaky breath as he felt the otherâs thigh grazing against his crotch. The boy pressed against the Pirateâs hip, so that he could completely straddle him.
Hongjoong put his weight on his knees, hovering over Seonghwaâs body; he stopped kissing the Kingâs lips to gently nibble at the otherâs neck with his teeth, Seonghwaâs breath hitching as the other bit him a little harder while sucking on the skin. His hand tightened in the Pirateâs hair, giving it a soft tug. Hongjoong looked up at him, eyes hooded and lips slightly parted; the Kingâs hands were still in his hair, and when he gave it a harder tug again, the pirate closed his eyes and leaned back into his touch, a soft moan escaping his lips. Seonghwaâs hand â which had been holding Hongjoongâs waist, grabbed on the otherâs thigh and squeezed it before giving it a harsh tug, causing the pirate to close the small space remaining between their bodies.
Both boys moaned loudly at the sudden contact of their crotches, and Seonghwa let go of the otherâs hair as he gripped Hongjoongâs thighs, refraining him to move away. Hongjoongâs hands were resting on the cushion behind Seonghwaâs head, their lips hovering few millimetres one from the other.
The Pirate kissed him again, gently biting sucking on the Kingâs lower lips as he grinded his hips against the otherâs, resulting on Seonghwaâs hands to reach to the pirateâs butt to make him repeat the action. Hongjoong breathy chuckled, complying and feeling the other boy gradually getting hard underneath him.
The kisses were messy, playful bites were exchanged along with soft moans and Seonghwa was loving every minute of it; he was about to roll them over but then he felt the Pirateâs hands holding his wrists and placing them against the pillow. He tried to see as much as he could of Hongjoongâs face but he knew him enough to know that, if the room were less dark, the Pirate would have winked at him; Seonghwaâs mind momentarily went blank as he felt Hongjoong lifting himself off his lap to get rid of his shirt and place one of his hands back on Seonghwaâs bulge.
They kissed again as the Pirate started to tease him with light touches, sliding his palm over his still clothed length, or applying a frustrating amount of pressure on the head with slow, circular motions. Either way, Seonghwa would moan and Hongjoongâs lips would be there to unintentionally muffle the sounds.
«Off.» Hongjoongâs hoarse voice ordered between kisses, tugging at Seonghwaâs shirt. The King chuckled at the otherâs impatience as he complied, lifting himself enough to let the other boy take off his shirt.
Hongjoongâs lips immediately reattached to Seonghwaâs before starting to travel down his chest, showering it with kisses and soft bites. Hongjoongâs lips marked the otherâs hipbones sucking on his skin before biting it again, before stopping altogether.
«Are you sure?» the pirate asked, breathing heavily and kissing once again that small fraction of his skin.
«Is that even a question?» Seonghwa groaned back, slightly lifting his hips trying to urge the other to proceed. It wasnât his first time with a boy, he had some experience from before his wedding; experiences which clearly, he had to kept hidden from anyone in the Castle. Still, he had to admit that a young Prince Seonghwa sneaking out to enjoy the company of the son of an in fluent merchant would have been quite the talk around town.
«Seonghwa.» Hongjoong warned, his hands roughly pushed on the otherâs waist, so that he was pressed against the mattress.
«Hongjoong.» Seonghwa mimicked his tone, running a hand between his damp hair, «If you stop again, thereâs really gonna be a bounty on my head.» Hongjoong chuckled at the harsh reply, humming in approval, as he helped himself and his lover to get rid of the last layers of clothes they wore. Seonghwa sighed at the feeling of cold air against his sensitive member, which was probably already leaking with precome.
Hongjoong sat between his legs and attached his lips to Seonghwaâs length. The King already figured out that the other boy loved to tease probably a bit too much. He would alternate kitten licks to going from the base to the tip with his tongue flat, and occasionally harshly sucking and swirling his tongue over the tip, releasing it with loud pops. Seonghwaâs moans deepened at the feeling of the otherâs tongue teasing him so perfectly.
As he felt Hongjoongâs tongue once again around the tip of his length, one of his hands immediately reached to the pirateâs hair to keep him in place. Hongjoong got the hint and decided to leave the teasing for some other time, swallowing Seonghwaâs member as much as he could with a soft moan. The pirate did his best to relax his throat as he started bobbing his head up and down, helping himself with his hand where his mouth couldnât reach.
It was messy, sometimes Seonghwa would unintentionally push his hips upwards lost in arousal, and the pirateâs hand would immediately stop him by pressing on his hips. Hongjoong moaned around the otherâs member as the King tugged harshly on his hair, feeling the pirateâs mouth perfect around him. Interpreting Seonghwaâs increasingly moans as him being close, Hongjoong swallowed his member as deep as his throat allowed him, feeling Seonghwaâs length twitch and warm fluid coating his tongue, as a broken moan of his name left the otherâs lips.
Hongjoong swallowed, detaching completely from the other boy, and climbing back on top of him while wiping his mouth and his chin with the back of his hand. Seonghwa let out a content sigh, and reached out to gently kiss the pirate again, faintly tasting himself on the otherâs tongue. Hongjoong lifted up, reaching over to the small nightstand next to their bed and taking out a small round jar.
«San and Wooyoung recommended this⊠aloe, I think it was called.» Hongjoong briefly explained, coating his fingers with its content.
«I donât know how to-» Seonghwa timidly tensed up a bit, running a hand through his dampened hair and trying to calm down his panting breaths.
«Donât worry, you can do this next time.» Hongjoong cut his sentence short, as his hand reached behind himself to begin to stretch himself. Seonghwa shifted so that he could sit, caressing Hongjoongâs thighs and showering his face and neck with soft kisses, somehow trying to ease the momentary pain the other felt.
Hongjoongâs uncomfortable hisses turned into soft, breathy moans, which were swallowed by Seonghwaâs mouth, as the pirate gradually got accommodated to the stretch. Seonghwaâs hand caressed the otherâs hip as he reached behind the pirate to join the otherâs hand.
As Hongjoong was focused adjusting to the stretch, Seonghwa carefully coated one of his fingers with the aloe in excess, and he slowly pushed over the otherâs rim, adding his digit to Hongjoongâs two fingers.
The pirate dropped his face in the crook of Seonghwaâs neck with a loud moan, biting on his shoulder due to the sudden stretch.
«Please,» Hongjoong whined, and Seonghwa felt himself getting hard again, as Hongjoongâs fingers â and consequently his, started to move in order to stretch him. His other hand reached out to slowly pump and twist around Hongjoongâs neglected member, carefully smearing precum all over it, carefully avoiding the sensitive tip.
The pirateâs head remained tugged in the otherâs shoulders as Seonghwa did his best to remain focused on matching Hongjoongâs pace with his fingers. The King kissed as much of the otherâs skin as he could without changing their position, completely enamoured with Hongjoongâs moans and whimpers so close to his ear.
Seonghwaâs hand travelled upwards, from Hongjoongâs member to linger on the otherâs neck and the pirate moaned as he felt the King faintly tightening his grip before harshly grasping his chin to kiss him again.
«I want you so much,» Seonghwa whispered between their kisses, feeling almost shy about how hoarse his voice had turned from arousal. He felt Hongjoongâs smile against his lips, as he stopped both their hands from stretching him further.
Seonghwa slightly leaned back, supporting his weight on his hands as Hongjoong guided the other boyâs pulsing member past his rim. Gradually, he slowly inched down on the otherâs length as Seonghwa did his best to not move his hips every time he felt the other clench around him, letting him totally adjust before moving at all.
Hongjoong bottomed out stilling his hips, completely sitting on top of Seonghwa, which by now had his head thrown back and lips parted with soft moans. As the pirate opened his eyes and made out Seonghwaâs shape, he was thankful to be partially enveloped by darkness otherwise he was pretty sure he would have come on the spot by that sight alone.
Hongjoong pulled up himself on Seonghwaâs shoulders as he grinded his hips, both boys moaning overwhelmed one by the stretch inside him and the other from the tightness around him. The pirateâs hips moved in circles few times before tentatively lifting his hips to sink back down, clenching around Seonghwa.
Repeating the action, Hongjoongâs hips slowly and passionately started to move on Seonghwaâs as they kissed again, tongues lapping at each others and teeth nibbling each otherâs swollen and smiling lips.
The Kingâs left hand gripped Hongjoongâs waist, his thumb pressing on his hipbone as the thrusted upwards to meet the otherâs movements as he was bouncing on him, alternating the motion to grinding on the otherâs lap by moving his hips in circles. Hongjoong locked his arms around Seonghwaâs neck, the other threw his head back and the pirate took this opportunity to leave love bites on his neck where he felt the fast beating of his heart.
The only sound in the room were their moans and their bodies colliding, their movements getting sloppier as they approached their release.
Seonghwa felt Hongjoong starting to clench around him more and he swiftly flipped them over, feeling the pirateâs thigh surrounding him and holding him close. The King immediately resumed their previous actions, feeling Hongjoongâs short nails dug lines in his back as he kissed the pirateâs neck while his deep thrusts were bringing both of them over the edge, Hongjoongâs member being stimulated while being trapped between them.
Hongjoongâs legs closed around Seonghwaâs hips and refrained him to pull out, reaching his climax with a loud moan as he felt the other harshly bottoming out inside of him. Seonghwa came too, feeling the other clench impossibly tight around him, suffocating a moan against the otherâs skin.
«Iâm sorry.» Seonghwa panted few moments later, his head still buried in the pirateâs neck.
«What for?» Hongjoong quickly mumbled in answer, feeling his stomach drop and fearing the worst.
«I didnât pull out in time.» Seonghwa sighed, lifting on his elbows to place a soft kiss on the pirateâs eyebrow, who immediately relaxed under his touch.
«Itâs okay if you want to do that, silly.» Hongjoong chuckled, flinching as Seonghwa slowly pulled out and rolled on his back.
«Are you sure?» Seonghwa asked, timidly.
«Positive. Captainâs orders.» Hongjoong reached out to take one of their shirts and clean them as best as he could, before tossing it on the floor and lie back, embraced by Seonghwaâs welcoming and opened arms.
They fell asleep together not much later, exchanging sweet words accompanied by sweet and content kisses, cuddling under the blankets and in each otherâs warmth.
Next morning, Seonghwa realized the whole crew was perfectly updated about their relationship; their friends happily and teasingly called out to both Hongjoong and Seonghwa after seeing various bite marks and hickeys on both their necks and as they got random glimpse of the marks on their chests from their low-cut shirts anytime they moved.
«Damn, Captain! Was there a storm last night?» San asked with his voice purposely loud, faking innocence as he walked towards Hongjoong, Yunho and Seonghwa which were talking on the quarter deck.
«Wasnât the ship rocking a bit too much?» Wooyoung added with a cheeky smile, appearing right behind his lover.
Yunho almost choked on the water he was drinking, having to walk away from them due to his muffled laughters.
«I could ask you the same thing, you two.» Hongjoong replied with a smirk, narrowing his eyes and hinting at the few hickeys that adorned Wooyoungâs neck; Seonghwa felt lightly embarrassed, but still found funny to watch them playfully bickering.
«So,» San walked towards Seonghwa, linking their arms together. «Who is the top?» he asked, winking at him.
«Oh, my!» Seonghwa laughed, immediately escaping the otherâs grip «Hongjoong! Tell your friends to mind their own business!» he added, blushing faintly.
The Pirate laughed in response. «Well, technically-»
«-Weâre your friends as well!» Wooyoung added, faking offence.
As they had fun together, Seonghwa knew he would love for this to be his daily life.
«Land! Ahead!» Yeosangâs loud voice rang out from the crowâs nest, catching everyoneâs attention. «Actually, you know what? Iâm not sure, I canât see anything.» He added, carefully climbing down and walking towards Hongjoong. «Captain, someone should take the shallop and check ahead.»
Hongjoong nodded at him, «By now we should be close to the Mist. Take some men with you and go check.»
Seonghwa watched as their friends meticulously prepared a rope to attach to both the mast and to the small ship, in case they happened lost sense of direction. It didnât take much time to see his friends disappear in the thick wall of fog.
Seonghwa spent the morning asking around the ship if he could help, resulting in the crew politely declining his offer.
«We already took care of everything, thereâs nothing much to do beside waiting.» they told him.
Dejected, he settled for sitting on the familiar spot he occupied almost every night on the stairs leading on the quarterdeck, resting his elbows on his knees and his chin on his hands.
He felt a loud sigh, followed by approaching footsteps; within seconds, someone sat behind him and he felt a familiar hand gently ruffling his hair in a familiar and affectionate manner.
«Calm down, Seonghwa.» Hongjoong mumbled, pulling the other boy to his chest; the Pirateâs arms gently snaked around the Kingâs waist, and he rested his chin on Seonghwaâs shoulder.
«But, what if-»
«No but!» Hongjoong immediately interrupted him; he placed a soft kiss on his shoulder, before gently rocking their bodies, «Yeosang was a cartographer in the Navy. There is no one more suited than him for this task»
«The Navy? Seriously?» Seonghwa asked, thinking about how Yeosangâs behaviour â calm, reserved and composed, actually perfectly matched a Navyâs soldier.
«Both him and Mingi, actually. Yeosangâs father was a Commander, so he grew up on a ship, just like me.» Seonghwa nodded, remembering the time Hongjoong had told him that he had lived on a pirate ship since childhood, having been his father a pirate Captain as well. Illusion, he added, was actually a legacy of his father.
The King furrowed his brow, «Mingi was in the Navy?!» he slightly turned his hand in disbelief, to see Hongjoong chuckling with his intense eyes fixed on the crew restlessly working on the deck.
«He was a powder monkey back in the Navy. I stole them both, just like I did with you.» Hongjoong said with a smug smile, tightening his grip.
Seonghwa scoffed at that. «Oh come on, Hongjoong. I literally had to beg you to take me with you!»
«I would have done that myself, eventually.» He pecked Seonghwaâs parted lips, smiling softly at how the other blushed in return, shyly adverting his gaze.
«Hey, lovebirds!» they turned towards Yunho, who was smiling at them from the deck. «Yeosang has returned. We found it.»
From that moment, everything happened in a blur: a group would have gone first, while the rest of the crew would remain on board to monitor the ship. Seonghwa took a seat on the small boat, watching the rope that connected him and his friends to the ship slowly build up tension, not that he could see much more. There was a torch in front of the boat; a dim light that somehow tried to break the wall of fog around them. Exactly as Yeosang predicted, they touched land few hours later.
Their boots sank in the wet, soft sand and, after each of them had lightened up their wooden torch, they went on together, advancing slowly, staying as close as possible. The absence of any kind of noise besides the wind, the waves and the sound of their footsteps made them inexplicably even more nervous; Seonghwa and his friends were sure that they would not find anyone waiting for them, but they were still in an unknown place and never visited by other people â if not desperate ones like himself.
As far as they knew, they could have found traps along their way. The island did not seem to be large: as they continued, the fog in front of them slowly began to dissolve, until it completely disappeared.
«Oh, now we can see clearly?» Wooyoung mumbled, nervously tightening his grip around the torch «ItâsâŠÂ»
«⊠Itâs creeping me out.» San finished his loverâs sentence; they looked behind their shoulders to see that the thick wall of fog behind them was still present.
«For the first time in the history of our friendship, I wonât order to separate.» Hongjoong said, and Seonghwaâs hand nervously reached out to intertwine their fingers.
«Like hell I would have gone around by myself.» Mingi muttered behind them, making Yeosang giggle. In front of them, rocks began to sprout, gaining in size as they progressed.
«Do you know anything else beside the cave part?» Jongho asked Seonghwa, as they cautiously made their way through sand and pebbles.
Seonghwa shook his head, «I absolutely donât. Iâm sorry.»
They came to a stop in front of a high and unstable rock wall: unable to see its end, they deduced it was a mountain. They agreed on walking around it until they eventually found the entrance; in any case, they gave up on splitting up.
The aura surrounding the Island was terrifying, Seonghwa thought. Despite being in a group and everyone proceeding close enough their arms were constantly touching, he could not help but feel pervaded by constant anxiety, and a vague feeling of being almost observed.
However, from what?Seonghwa was certain that in his fatherâs stories there was no mention of entities protecting nor the island nor its treasures. Nonetheless, Hongjoong and the others told him about meeting sea monsters somewhere and somehow during their previous trips, so he did not dare to exclude anything.
It seemed to them that they were walking for hours. The fact that everywhere they looked they would see only rocks, sand and fog did nothing to strengthen their spirits. Hongjoong kept holding Seonghwaâs hand firmly, as to silently reassure him.
«Watch out, ahead.» Yeosang mumbled, loud enough for them to hear. They hummed in response, coming to a stop in front a small and narrow downhill consisting of a sharp and rocky staircase.
«Should some of us keep guard outside?» Yunho asked Hongjoong, which shook his head in answer.
«Itâs probably foolish but I think we shouldnât separate.» he said, reaching out the arm that held the torch towards the entrance of the cave.
«Well,» Mingi sighed «After you, your Majesty.» Seonghwa nodded at him, exchanging a small, encouraging smile with the pirate.
The King had not spoken about how he felt, despite that strange feeling of being observed steadily increased with each step.
Carefully they went down the stairs, trying to talk as less as possible, their footsteps echoing against the damp and unexplored walls. The narrow corridor began to widen until they saw a stone arch â engraved with what Seonghwa recognized as runes, waiting for them at the bottom of the stairs.
At the exact moment they crossed the threshold, the environment suddenly lit up: fire torches lit up consequently, one by one, startling them.
«Okay now, what â and I canât stress this enough, the hell just happened?» Mingi asked, dumbfounded. His question, however, met no answer.
Everyoneâs eyes were focused on analysing in awe their surroundings. Before them, there was a huge hall confined by stones, but most importantly there was an abnormal amount of treasures deposited there: jewellery, coins, weapons and all kinds of wealth laid all around them.
Seonghwa looked around, hoping in vain to find immediately what he was looking for, until his eyes met a small path leading to an isolated casket. He squeezed Hongjoongâs hand, earning his attention. He detached his hand from the other boy, as he carefully walked towards it.
«Isnât it too easy?» the pirate mumbled suspicious, but followed Seonghwa nonetheless. Seonghwaâs uneasiness worsened.
In addition to all this, he believed to have heard an amused chuckle coming from somewhere near him. With shaky hands, he took the small casket and opened it; inside, a perfectly shaped sphere was laying on soft dark blue velvet.
âItâs completely transparent,â Seonghwa thought. âit could be glass, or crystal.â
Seonghwa had no idea about how the Aurora shard looked like but, between all the ideas he had, it was definitely not a transparent sphere.
However, his curiosity had the better of him and he touched it anyway; as soon as the sphere was in his hands, a faint glow erupted from the centre, becoming gradually brighter and brighter. Seonghwa was enchanted to see various shapes of green, red and blue dance harmoniously in his hands: the auroraâs colours. He was about to turn around to tell Hongjoong he found what he had been looking for when he heard said boy shout his name, his voice full of worry.
«And so, the King has come.» an unfamiliar female voice said from behind him.
Seonghwa turned immediately, almost dropping the shard on the floor in amazement. In front of him there was a female figure who materialized out from nowhere, her consistency almost ethereal. Seonghwa wasnât sure how he could see her, when it looked like she was made of air itself, but he was certain his friend were able to see her, too.
«I donât want to repeat myself,» Mingiâs hushed tone came from behind a small mountain of coins «but, what the hell?»
The creature, or spirit, was floating in mid-air looking at Seonghwa with peaceful eyes, eyes which held the same colours that had erupted from the shard few moments earlier. Nobody dared to move, they simply stared at her floating around Seonghwa before coming to a stop, assuming a sitting position in mid-air.
«Why is she not attacking us?» Jongho mumbled, frowning.
«I have no reason to do that,» She addressed him with a smile, although her eyes were still locked on Seonghwa. «the King has come to claim the Aurora shard and the treasures hidden on this island, and I have nor reason nor authority to object.»
«Are you�» Seonghwa stopped in mid-sentence, wondering how to continue his question, and the ethereal creature smiled softly at him, nodding. The King raised an eyebrow at her, wondering if somehow, she managed to read his mind.
«I am the Aurora shard.» her soft voice echoed in the hall. «Iâm also the guardian of this place. But most of all, I am connected to the Kingsâ souls.»
Seonghwa nodded, his eyes carefully looking at the sphere in his hand and letting the information sink in.
âIf sheâs really connected to me,â Seonghwa thought, âThis means she could already know what I really desire, doesnât she?â
«I have a really big favour to ask you. Can you grant my wish?» Seonghwaâs determined eyes found hers, which grinned at him in return; she simply answered with a nod, somehow confirming to the King that she already knew.
«I will, your Majesty.» with a bow, she softly disappeared in thin air, reabsorbed by the shard in Seonghwaâs hand.
He closed his eyes, holding to his chest the sphere for a moment.
âAnd please protect me, my Aurora.â Seonghwa thought, before placing it back into the casket.
He immediately looked at Hongjoong, which visibly relaxed, the young King walked towards him with hurried steps and quickly placed a soft peck on his lips, pleased at how he caught the Pirate blushing before lightly coughing and averting his gaze.
«Now⊠What?» asked Yeosang.
«I found what I was looking for,» Seonghwa said, turning towards them. «You can take anything you want.»
He laughed as his friends erupted with a loud cheer, parting ways to collect as many valuable and different things as they could manage.
Seonghwa comfortably sat on the chair next to Hongjoong; their fingers were intertwined in the pirateâs lap, and they were participating in the animated and cheerful conversation of his friends.
«Iâm sad Seonghwa didnât have the chance to see you in action.» Mingi said to Jongho. Seonghwa smiled, remembering how a few days before, when they were coming out of the Mistâs cave, his friend managed to carry a much heavier load than the others.
«I was a baker before joining the crew.» Jongho answered Seonghwaâs silent question. «I basically did a lot of workout carrying bags of flour around. It came pretty handy.» he shrugged, smiling.
«You should have seen him during his first assault,» Hongjoong added, «We knew he was strong, but he carried gunpowder around so effortlessly, we were shocked for a solid minute.»
«I even asked Yeosang if he trained with us!» Mingi said.
«I was surprised you asked me, since you were the powder monkey back then. You should have, at least, noticed him.» Yeosang answered, and they all laughed together.
Jongho winked, «You should have worked for my boss, back in my town.» he answered Mingi, tapping his bicep.
«Were both of you training in the Navy?» Seonghwa asked Yeosang and Mingi, pretending not to know what Hongjoong told him. They nodded, unintentionally coordinated.
«My father was a Commander, I always had a passion for cartography and so I grew up with-»
«A natural talent to get us out of trouble.» Yunho interrupted Yeosangâs sentence.
The pirate blushed, adverting his gaze «You have to admit that the Captainâs sense of direction is really good.» he mumbled.
«Like he said before, I was a powder monkey back then!» Mingi took a sip of his drink, before continuing «Probably the worst experience of our life, right Yeosang?» he mumbled, elbowing the boy next to him, which simply raised his eyebrows and nodded.
«Letâs just say we craved freedom at some point, and caught the opportunity.» Yunho said, «I was a servant for a very rich family. Long story short: the night I met the crew, I guided them to their safety vault after they promised to take me with them.» Seonghwa nodded, feeling happy about the fact that they shared their past stories with him, and about how everyone was more relaxed on their way back.
He also couldnât help feeling a different kind of warmth within himself. By now, months had passed since he left his kingdom. The more days passed, the more he felt he belonged exactly there, with them.
«How about you?» he asked San, which smiled brightly at him.
«Well, I was a thief⊠One day I was running away from a small group of guards and⊠Letâs just say I hid on the wrong ship.» he laughed. Hongjoong scoffed, amused. «It doesnât look like youâre regretting staying!»
San hid himself behind Wooyoungâs shoulders before sticking out his tongue at the Captain, earning soft laughters from the others. Hongjoong rolled his eyes, and returned playing with Seonghwaâs fingers.
«We deliberately left Wooyoungâs story last.» Jongho commented, chuckling.
«Was he the last one to join before me?» Seonghwa asked.
Hongjoong nodded at him, delicately caressing his knuckles with his thumb, slightly taken aback by the Kingâs question; he was sure they never properly talked about him definitely staying with them. However, it was needless to say that if Seonghwa had decided to stay with him, the pirate would have been more than happy to sail towards countless new adventures with him.
«Yeah well you need to hear this, Seonghwa.» Wooyoung said, looking at him in a serious way. «I got kidnapped. A poor, abandoned hostage after a battle.» Seonghwaâs eyes widened, and he heard the others muffled laughters. Wooyoung continued immediately, intentionally increasing the drama in his tone of voice.
«Letâs just say that after few hours tied on the mast, I noticed how there were few injured people due to that fight, and no one was treating them. So I-»
Sanâs loud laughter interrupted him, «He convinced one of the crew membersâ to set him free by saying he felt âterribly sickâ, and then started pacing around the deck screaming at anyone of us: âAre you freaking serious?! A pirate ship without a doctor?! What kind of poor imitation of pirates are you?"» San said, imitating his lover.
«And you just let him?» Seonghwa asked his friends, giggling. «We just let him be, he randomly choose a room and claimed it as the infirmary.» Yunho added.
«He literally threw everything and everyone out from there.» Jongho said.
«Well, you forgot to mention that San was his first patientâŠÂ» Yeosang said, watching the both of them with malice. Wooyoung answered by kissing San on the cheek. The latterâs cheeks turned pink and they all laughed together.
«Seriously? No doctor?» Seonghwa asked quietly to Hongjoong. The pirate shrugged, «We actually had a doctor, but he got⊠shot.» Seonghwa nodded, understanding what the pirate was hinting.
«But hey, Wooyoung is no longer the only one which decided to stay for love!» Mingi stated intentionally emphasizing the last words, placing his hand on his chin and blinking his eyes innocently; Seonghwaâs cheeks flamed up, and Hongjoong choked on his drink.
«Look at them being all shy!» Yunho chimed in with a loud voice, pointing at them.
«Itâs not like we canât see them exchanging soft kisses basically everywhere on the ship!» Mingi continued, snaking an arm around his friendâs shoulders, «Hongjoong!» he said shyly, playfully mimicking Seonghwaâs voice.
«Seonghwa!» Yunho dramatically mimicked the Captainâs voice, immediately returning his friendâs embrace, and they proceeded making kissing noises in rapid succession.
The King laughed, trying to hide his face behind the hand that the Pirate wasnât holding.
«Are we really like that?» Seonghwa asked a blushing Hongjoong, which replied with a bright smile and a confident shrug.
The newfound serenity of those days soon came to an end.
«A ship is approaching! Pirates!» Yeosangâs shout interrupted the quiet morning. In no time, the ship was populated with masked men running around and getting ready to fight, the same uniforms for which they had become famous in popular stories all around the Kingdoms.
All the crew was on deck, ready to follow Hongjoongâs orders.
«We donât take prisoners, and for the love of Mazu, Mingi,» the Captain looked at the tall pirate «This time, donât sink them until I say so.» the red head answered with a nod and a devilish smile.
«Mazu?» Seonghwa whispered to Yunho, standing on his right.
«The Chinese Goddess of the sea.» he explained with the same hushed voice «she protects sailors, fishermen and sea travellers.» Seonghwa nodded.
«I know you can look out for yourself,» Hongjoong told the King loud enough for him to hear, «Just⊠Be careful, please.»
He nodded, briefly holding the otherâs gloved hand, «You too.»
The enemy ship was approaching them fast, and by the time it reached them, everyone was ready to fight. Their opponents did not hesitate to fire their cannons which fortunately missed the Illusion, even if only slightly.
«They fired from so far away,» Yeosang commented as he climbed down from the crewâs nest «They must be idiots.» With quick steps, the boy informed his Captain that there were no other ships in sight.
Hongjoong clenched his jaw, answering with a simple «Good.» If Seonghwa said he wasnât nervous, it would have been a lie. He happened to participate in some assaults when he was still part of the Resistance and he had already killed people in the past but, despite everything, he could not prevent his throat feeling dry and his heart nervously pumping in his chest. He breathed deeply, waiting.
He glanced around the deck to see that unlike him, the ones who stayed upstairs to fight in the first lines were a mixture of relaxed and thrilled. Loud cheers and chants raised upon them, and the change of behaviour reminded Seonghwa that, after all, there was a reason if they gained a reputation of ruthless and blood thirsty pirates.
«Fire!» as soon as the other ship was close enough, Hongjoongâs command had been repeated by few other crew members. Even if there were holes on the other shipâs side, they didnât stop inching towards them.
The King watched as the pirates docked on the Illusion, and prepared to fight the men who were charging. He did not find it too difficult to defend himself: the pirates were physically strong but they lacked technique, so it was not difficult for Seonghwa to get the better of them and be helpful. He had always trained to fight with two swords, so he easily managed to juggle his opponents.
The shouts of the people fighting and falling overboard and the noise of the cannons was deafening, but he got used to that quickly. Chance wanted that he turned his head towards the direction of the Captainâs quarters at the exact moment a man not belonging to their crew headed in that direction.
Seonghwa followed his instinct, springing to the corridor that leaded to their chamber.
âI saw someone, Iâm sure of it.â , he walked cautiously with his back facing the wall. It was impossible to hear too faint sounds because of the battle going on behind him, but he did his best.
However, he stopped in his track as soon as he felt a blade pressing against his neck.
«I believe you value your life.» an unfamiliar rough voice spat from behind him. Seonghwa didnât move. «Take me to the treasury.» the pirate urged, and the King didnât waver. He shut his eyes close as he felt a faint sting where the blade pressed against his neck. He suddenly struck his opponent with his elbow, detaching himself and taking the opportunity to draw one of his swords as he turned around. Instead of unleashing the second sword, he opted for using the dagger Hongjoong gave him months ago.
The pirate obviously didnât appreciate the action and pounced at him, but Seonghwa was ready to block his attack with the sword in his right hand and stabbing his leg with his left hand. Seonghwa hoped that the pirateâs scream of pain would be enough to draw someoneâs attention on the deck, even though being in the middle of a battle, he doubted someone heard.
The pirate was not taller than him, but he certainly had twice his strength. He managed to kick him in the stomach, taking advantage of his groan of pain to disarm him from his sword. Seonghwa noticed how they had been moving closer to the deck instead of the Captainâs chambers and he only needed few more steps to get noticed by his friends.
With a quick movement, the King managed to get his pistol and shoot the other in the leg, instantly getting up from the floor and leaping towards the deck as quickly as he could. Unfortunately, something in his plan had gone wrong, he realized. He managed to get back on deck but as soon as he heard a loud shot, he felt an atrocious pain on the side of his thigh.
Seonghwa knelt down in reflex, gritting his teeth and turning around, pointing his gun to the pirateâs head which was limping towards him. His opponent did the same. He was aiming his gun to Seonghwaâs head, and before the Kingâs reflexes to pull the trigger kicked in, he heard a shot. He watched as the lifeless body fell in front of him, in a pool of his own blood.
âI didnât shoot him, who was it?â he thought as he glanced on his side, trying to ignore the sudden urge to throw up, and he was met with Yunhoâs wide eyes, staring at him with worry.
«Thanks, Yunho!» Seonghwa shouted, in order to be heard over the loud noises.
«No problem, buddy! I told you I owed you a big one!» He gave him a wide grin, walking towards him and picking up a sword from one of the fallen men on the deck, handing it to him.
«Can you still fight?» He asked; now that they were up close Seonghwa noticed he had multiple cuts on his sleeve. Seonghwa nodded, his leg was hurting badly, but everyone was fighting to defend the Illusion and therefore, even if the battle was almost over, he couldnât abandon them. Seonghwa took his friendâs outstretched hand and got up.
«Go on the quarterdeck,» Yunho ordered, noticing that Seonghwa had instinctively shut his eyes in discomfort as soon as he moved his weight on his right leg, «Hongjoong and San need a hand.»
The King complied, trying to hurry up the stairs without causing his injury to bleed even further. San and other men were fighting around Hongjoong, which occasionally left the helm to help the others; the Captain glanced towards the stairs, feeling a mixture of anger and worry fill his veins as soon as Seonghwa appeared.
«San!» he called out to his friend, which after following his gaze acknowledged his silent order and took the helm. Hongjoong reached Seonghwa with quick steps, holding the Kingâs elbow a little harsher than he originally planned.
«What the hell happened to you?» Hongjoong inquired, his eyes shifting from his neck, to his leg and to his eyes.
«Nothing, really, Iâm fine! » Seonghwa shrugged, trying not to make the pain in his voice too obvious.
«Mingi!» the pirate shouted, evident rage in his voice, «Sink them!» the command was repeated few times by the crew members, and the cannons fired few moments later.
He obeyed Hongjoong and sat right next to him until everyone had cleared the area. During the fight, they all had followed Hongjoongâs orders and scattered on the ship, busy fighting for both their life and to defend Illusion; if Mingi and Jongho were busy downstairs handling the cannons with a small part of the crew, Yeosang, San and Hongjoong were steering the ship and fighting on the quarterdeck. Yunho, Seonghwa and Wooyoung were fighting on deck with the rest of the crew.
The King lost track of time, Hongjoong was standing next to him, steering them away from the other sinking ship and nervously glancing at him, his eyes evidently full of worry.
They both had took their masks and hats off, so anytime Hongjoong looked at him, Seonghwa answered with a silent, sincere and pained smile. Eventually, Wooyoung rushed up the stairs of the quarter deck.
«Can you stand?» He asked Seonghwa with his voice full of concern as he knelt next to him and taking off his own hat; he reached down to tore the fabric around his wound, trying to have a better look without touching it. Wooyoung sighed, and helped him up and into the infirmary.
Seonghwa didnât see Hongjoong until afternoon. Wooyoung treated him and the others who got injured, luckily no one was in serious conditions.
«Iâve seen Hongjoong that angry reaaaaaaally only few times.» San commented, empathizing his words as he was sitting on Wooyoungâs chair.
«And it was scary. Please, donât get hurt ever again.» the Doctor agreed with his lover.
«Iâll try.» Seonghwa smiled, nodding. Wooyoung returned the smile and finished disinfecting the cut on Seonghwaâs neck. Fortunately, neither the cut on the neck nor the injury to the leg was serious.
The bullet had gone out on its own, decreasing the risk of infection, but walking on it hadnât been the wisest choice. Wooyoung wrapped a bandage around his thigh, and as soon as he finished, he pointed his finger at him.
«You need to rest a lot, Seonghwa» Wooyoung said with a stern voice «And Iâm serious. If I see you walking around or even worse, trying to climb up the crowâs nest with Yeosang before I allow you to do that, Iâll shoot you down myself.» Seonghwa giggled, adverting his gaze.
«Now please, go calm down your boyfriend.» San sighed, and the three of them laughed together.
Back in the Captainâs quarters, Seonghwa watched Hongjoong closing the door behind himself, before silently starting to undress; he was about to get up from the bed in order to help him, when Hongjoong stopped him, with an unexpectedly cold voice.
«I donât want you to get all dirty again. Plus, youâre not supposed to get up.» he explained shortly after as he was discarding is gloves.
«Are you okay?» Seonghwa tentatively asked, as the pirate took off his shirt. The King looked at the scars scattered on the otherâs back, and manoeuvred until he was sitting on the bedâs edge. Hongjoong slouched on his chair, nodding briefly.
They spent few minutes in a slightly uncomfortable and tense silence. Seonghwa was looking at the pirate, and the latter was staring at an undefined spot in the wooden wall.
«Iâm just glad,» he sighed, interrupting the quietness. Hongjoong wordlessly got up from the chair, and walked towards Seonghwa, kneeling between his spreaded legs, «Iâm glad Yunho noticed him in time.» Seonghwa felt the Captainâs gaze burning its way into his soul.
They stared at each other for a while with shiny eyes who hid a universe of unspoken words, yet they still managed to understand every emotion hid in those soft gazes.
It could have gone worse, they both knew it.
Seonghwa was the first one to lean down, resting his forehead against the Pirateâs and closing his eyes.
Hongjoong was the first one to break the contact, reaching out to lock his arms around the Kingâs shoulders, hugging him tightly and burying his face into the otherâs neck, and Seonghwa returned the hug just as desperately.
«Seonghwa, wake up.» Hongjoong softly shook Seonghwaâs shoulders, and the boy woke up with a soft groan.
«What is it? Is it a storm? Do you need my help?» Seonghwa mumbled, lifting himself on his elbow, without actually opening his eyes.
Hongjoong chuckled at the otherâs appearance: eyes closed tightly in a frown and his lips in a cute pout. The Pirate reached out to ruffle the Kingâs already dishevelled hair, a gesture he did quite often.
«You canât get off the bed, silly. Wooyoungâs orders were clear.» he said, caressing Seonghwaâs bare shoulder, «Iâm here to change your bandages. And to stay with you, I have the day off.»
Seonghwa chuckled at that, «Wooyoung hired an assistant?» he chuckled, leaning back into the mattress, making space for his lover.
«Youâd be surprised.» Hongjoong smiled softly at him, helping the other lowering his pants until they were resting around his thighs.
Trying to be as delicate as possible, he removed the bandage almost soaked in blood. Hongjoong disinfected the wound slowly and carefully, as he so often had to do on himself. Based on Seonghwaâs flinches and noises of discomforts he knew when to stop, or to continue.
«Iâm sorry.» Hongjoong admitted.
«Itâs okay, it will heal.» Seonghwa sighed softly, keeping his eyes closed.
«Not about this, but⊠We should have fled.» The pirate mumbled. Seonghwaâs eyes snapped open, looking at Hongjoong which gave him a sad smile in return.
«Donât even think about it.» he started, «weâre pirates, we donât flee from one single ship chasing us. I just got hurt, like an idiot.» Seonghwa fatiguely sat up, «Give me some time, Iâll be as terrifying as San out there during a battle.» he confidently winked at his lover which smiled in return.
«Why San?» Hongjoong chuckled.
«Have you seen him?!» Seonghwaâs eyes widened «I was trained since childhood using two swords, but him? Heâs like some battle God or something.» The Pirate laughed in response, nodding.
«Just donât get hurt, weâll handle the rest.» Hongjoong reached out to peck at Seonghwaâs smiling lips, who immediately laid back as he felt Hongjoong tying up a new bandage around his thigh.
As soon as Hongjoong got back from the infirmary, he undressed himself and joined Seonghwa under the covers, his pants hanging loose on his hips.
They shifted position until they were both laying comfortably facing each other; the King slowly blinked himself awake again, to find the other relaxing with his eyes closed. Instinctively, he inched closer until their noses were touching, softly rubbing them together a couple of times before snaking his arms around the Pirateâs waist and pulling him to his chest.
«Oh, now you want to cuddle?» Hongjoong giggled. Seonghwa could easily feel the tiredness in the otherâs voice, due to sleepless nights spent guiding the ship through the dark sea.
«I always do.» Seonghwa mumbled, kissing Hongjoongâs forehead as he glanced at him with an enamoured gaze.
The Pirate propped himself up, balancing his weight on his elbows, his chin resting on the palm of his hand; Seonghwaâs eyes slowly opened again, to find the other smiling at him. Instinctively, the young King shifted, laying on his back, giggling and mumbling a confused «What is it?» as his left hand reached around the Pirateâs hip and travelled on his back. His touch was gentle and feather like, but he could still feel the other shiver when his fingers gently caressed some of the scars on his back.
Hongjoong shook his head, holding the Kingâs gaze without answering. Seonghwa gently manoeuvred them until he managed to gently roll them around, so that he was partially hovering over the Pirate, his right leg leaning over the Captainâs so the wound wouldnât re-open.
He admired the otherâs features until he met the otherâs gaze looking at him with tenderness, finding it hard to believe that he was the same man capable of killing people and commit several other crimes. Nevertheless, Seonghwaâs feeling for him didnât waver.
They spent months together by now, living side by side every single day. The Kingâs thoughts wandered back to how since the beginning, Hongjoongâs behaviour had always been friendly to him and always made him feel as he was one of them, and Seonghwa couldnât help but feeling strangely and inexplicably safe around him since the beginning.
«As long as you sail with us, youâre one of us.» He explained as they all dined together the second week after they sailed.
«Hopefully, youâre gonna stick with us.» Wooyoung had commented right after his Captain.
Seonghwa wasnât sure he could pinpoint the exact moment when he started warming out to him, they probably acted a little bit differently from the beginning. Sometimes he felt like every single choice he made in life had the purpose to lead him exactly where he was now.
The King smiled at the thought about him being formally a Royal and the other being an outlaw â trying to count how many rules he broke since he had to run away, and yet he felt their souls were somehow so similar, compatible and inexplicably connected with each other.
They spent nights together making love, sharing secrets, stories, feelings and comfortable silences. All those moments helped to shape their feelings based on mutual trust and mutual respect.
Hongjoong never looked down on him â he actually never did with anyone in his crew, and the King never looked down on the pirate. Seonghwa had loved before. He had loved and he had lost. If his wife taught him about the innocence of a timid and pure first love, Hongjoong taught him that love could be as unpredictable and as overwhelming as the sea.
The Pirateâs love and adoration for the King was so evident that he didnât need to say anything about it, Seonghwa â and everyone else, just knew; and he was sure that Hongjoong knew that this feeling was completely reciprocated, too.
Seonghwa reached down, kissing the otherâs forehead, then his nose, his left cheek. Hongjoongâs smile widened and he settled for closing his eyes and enjoying his loverâs sudden affectionate gestures, Trying to move his leg as little as possible, Seonghwaâs kisses trailed a path until he reached the first one of the scars the pirate had on his chest: it was on his left shoulder and, Seonghwa thought, looked very painful.
He took his time to kiss every and each mark the other had on his chest, silently praising him with his lips.
«I⊠Think I really love you.» Hongjoong quietly mumbled. Seonghwa looked up from the otherâs waist, finding the other looking at the ceiling, making him doubt that the pirate actually wanted to say that out loud.
The King slowly kissed his way back to the pirateâs side to his lips, catching his attention. Hongjoongâs piercing gaze was locked on him, and Seonghwa knew that he could have searched for hours in those eyes, and all he would be able to find would be love. The King felt his heart swell.
«I love you, too.» Seonghwa mumbled back, reaching down to connect their lips. They kissed like they had all the time in the world, taking their time to savour the otherâs lips. Hongjoong would playfully lick the otherâs bottom lip, and Seonghwa would gently bite on the otherâs smiling lips in return.
The kiss was full of tenderness and love, even if they occasionally teased each other; they detached with their hearts racing, plump lips and cheeks flushed red.
Hongjoong sighed, his eyes still close. «Yes, Iâm sure of it.» he hummed.
Seonghwa smiled, kissing the otherâs chest one more time before resting his head on it. Hongjoongâs arms caged him into a warm hug, and Seonghwa fell asleep listening to the otherâs rapid heartbeat.
Sadly, Seonghwa had to realize that time didnât pass so fast when you were confined to bed.
«But Wooyoung, itâs been weeks!» Seonghwa whined and Wooyoung sighed, brushing his hair off his eyes using his wrist.
«Itâs not gonna heal if you walk around by yourself, idiot.» the Doctor replied, intentionally pressing a bit more roughly on the wound on the otherâs thigh while disinfecting it, earning a hiss from the boy.
«Hongjoong will help me!» Seonghwaâs pleading eyes shifted to the Captain which was busy writing on his journal.
«Uh, no? I absolutely wonât.» He looked up from the papers with a frown. Seonghwaâs shoulders lowered in defeat and he laid back on the bed.
«See? Heâs clever, this is why heâs the Captain.» Wooyoung commented and kept tying up the bandage around Seonghwaâs thigh.
His eyes wandered on the ceiling. If there was one thing Seonghwa loved to do, it was to spend time admiring the giant map that the pirate had drawn there. Hongjoong had promised him that since he had to stay in bed, they would have continued the project. In the past weeks, his friends organized so that they would take turns to both work on the drawing and spend time with Seonghwa.
Hongjoong always handed him few papers that he kept on his desk with the mapâs sketches, to guide the one who was painting on the ceiling so they wonât make mistakes. Essentially, Seonghwaâs role was to oversee his friendâs work. He still had a lot of fun; he loved spending time with his friends and most of all, he loved seeing Hongjoong focused on painting while sitting on top of a wooden ladder. He loved it so much that sometimes, he would zone out while looking at him and the pirate had to snap the King out of his thoughts.
«Could you please pay attention to what we are doing?» Hongjoong commented once, amused by the Seonghwaâs startled face after he threw a clean brush at his chest.
«A brush, seriously? You just threw you lover a brush?» he muttered raising an eyebrow, placing the brush next to himself. «Will you ever show me your drawings?» he added suddenly and the pirate nodded dismissively.
«Now be helpful, love. Otherwise,» he slightly readjusted his position on top of the wooden ladder and pointed to the other side of the ceiling, «Iâm gonna doodle you right on top of your Castle, wearing princess clothes.»
«You wouldnât dare.» Seonghwa narrowed his eyes.
«Try me.» the pirate answered with a cheeky grin, and Seonghwa clicked his tongue in response with a smile.
Almost a month has passed and their journey was about to end. Seonghwa still had some difficulties on standing by himself but at least, his wound was healing. The thought reassured him, since he didnât have the courage to face Jongdae after all the months spent fighting side by side. He would have surely mocked him about how he managed to get hurt like a rookie.
«Hey there Your Highness!» Yunho chimed in the quarters, closing the door behind himself and Yeosang. «Youâre stuck with us today.»
«Are you feeling better?» Yeosang asked. Seonghwa smiled at them, nodding in response at the pirateâs question. Yunho manoeuvred the wooden ladder until it was placed exactly under the still blank spot on the ceiling and Yeosang took his time to carefully look through the papers neatly placed on the desk, before handing them to Seonghwa with a sly smirk.
As his friends finished setting up â Yeosang would have been the first one to draw and Yunho would hand him the necessary tools he needed, Seonghwa managed to adjust his position on the bed, comfortably resting his back against the soft pillows.
«Keep an eye on us,» Yunho told Seonghwa «If we mess up Hongjoongâs pretty ceilingâŠÂ»
«⊠Letâs not think about it.» Yeosang cut him off, waving a pencil in front of the otherâs face, while sitting on the top of the ladder. Even if his friends paid enough attention to not mess up the ceiling, both Yeosang and Yunho managed to get dirty with paint.
«Here,» Yeosang said as he painted a long stripe of blue paint on Yunhoâs hair «You look like a mermaid, now.» he giggled.
«Do that again and Iâll throw you overboard.» Yunho sighed, slightly waving the wooden ladder and almost making Yeosang fall with a loud yelp. Work progressed slowly but smoothly, the three of them occasionally joking around.
The fact that his friends willingly re-arranged their days so that Seonghwa was less lonely made him truly happy; he was glad to finally feel like he was one of them. Not only was he able to see how his friends prioritised him, with each passing day he felt like his soul was growing a little bit less restless. That feeling of finally having found a home steadily growing inside his heart.
Seonghwaâs eyes shifted towards Hongjoongâs desk, to the box containing the Aurora shard. Deep inside, he knew exactly what he had to to do as soon as he saw both Baekhyun and Jongdae and hopefully, they would agree. The young King had made up his mind long time ago, and Aurora granting his wish was a further motivation to hold on to his decision to definitely step down from his position as King. After all, he knew the young Resistance Leader was perfectly suited for the role.
Lost in thoughts, his fingers mindlessly started to play with the papers laying on his lap. Seonghwa couldnât help but absently notice the fact that the papers that Yeosang handed him were, maybe, a bit too many. Hongjoong handed him drawings of the map every day but he was absolutely sure they werenât as many as today.
Curiously, his fingers browsed through the pages, wondering what the pirate could have added this time. The map was almost finished so, maybe, Yeosang picked few pages from his journal as well.
His fingers incredulously leafed through the pages again and again, and everything Seonghwa could recognize was one thing: himself.
All the sketches had one thing in common: every time the Captain drew him, it was because he was far away from him. One of the first things he noticed was that only the King would be an actual detailed figure, leaving the person next to him to a mere sketch.
However, Seonghwa remembered every moment the other portrayed: in one sketch he was finishing tying up the ropes with San, the sun was high in the sky and it was really windy. In another he was chattering with Jongho leaning against the railways, the younger telling him about bow he really valued his friends as his family. In another drawing he was standing on the crowâs nest with Yeosang. Then again, again and again; Seonghwa smiled softly, seeing himself being captured by the otherâs eyes. At the bottom of that envelope of sheets, there was the only drawing that captured the Kingâs face from up close: the pirate portrayed his face while sleeping.
Seonghwa smiled as a tear of happiness unconsciously escaped his eye, his fingers softly grazing over the pencil lines and admiring all the small details that the Captain captured.
«Illusion to Seonghwa!» Yunhoâs voice snapped him out of his thoughts. Both pirates were looking at his face, puzzled.
«Seonghwa?» Yeosang asked, narrowing his eyes and focusing on the papers on the Kingâs lap, a smug smile appeared on his face as soon as he recognized the drawing he saw earlier.
«Why are you crying over a map-Oh. Wow.» Yunho said with a hand on his mouth, trying to cover the wide smile on his face. «I have to tell Mingi.» He mumbled excitedly, storming off. By that time, Yeosang was ready sitting at the bedâs feet, smiling at his friend.
«I caught him few times. He made me swear to not say anything.» he chuckled.
Seonghwa blushed, «I donât know what to say,» he mumbled «Itâs such a small thing but I feel so happy.» His eyes wandered on the drawings and Yeosang nodded.
«Ah! Young love!» the pirate sighed dramatically while getting up from the bed. «Iâll go get Yunho, otherwise weâre never gonna finish this map.»
Later that night, Seonghwa made sure to hold Hongjoong a little bit tighter as they were falling asleep; the Pirate returned the otherâs embrace, resting his head on the Kingâs chest.
Once again â like all the other times where there was no need for words between them to understand each other, Seonghwa knew that there was no need to tell him about the drawings. After all, with Yunho running around the ship in order to find Mingi, he was sure he â and everyone on the his way towards Mingi, already knew.
«Hongjoong?» he whispered, and the other hummed against his neck in response. «Where are we going when weâll sail next time?»
«Anywhere you want, love.» the Pirate mumbled, half asleep.
It was a sunny day, around noon; Illusion was docked in a very familiar port. Seonghwa inhaled deeply, incredulously looking at his surroundings in awe.
After months, he was back in his former Kingdom; the first thing he noticed was the few people walking around, the opposite situation during the days when he still lived there. Although it was not a predominantly port town, it had always been lively and full of people roaming the streets, and now it seemed half deserted. Seonghwa suspected what the reason might be, but he settled for thinking it was still too early for people to crowd the streets.
«Weâre gonna sail again in four days!» Hongjoongâs voice commanded the crew, before telling his friends theyâd meet for dinner at Baekhyunâs inn.
«Do you want me to come with you?» Hongjoong nervously asked Seonghwa, which was hugging close to his chest the leather strap of the bag containing everything he had to give Jongdae.
«I know you have things to do, as well. I will see you tonight.» Seonghwa shook his head and reached out to intertwine his fingers with his lover, before briefly kissing him on the lips. Hongjoong nodded before mumbling a quiet âI love youâ, and they parted ways.
The young King didnât know what to expect; almost five months had passed since he left, anything could have happened to both his friends. A sudden sense of nervousness pervaded him as he walked through the sunny alleys illuminated by the early afternoon sun.
âPlease, donât be burnt down, please be okay-â his thoughts repeated like a mantra until he turned around the corner to see that apparently, nothing changed. The inn was there, the old wooden signboard was slightly waving in the wind. Instinctively, his steps increasingly quickened until he found himself running towards the entrance, taking a deep breath before opening the heavy, wooden door.
«Honestly? What people donât understand about the fact that weâre open from-» Baekhyun scoffed, annoyed; he was standing with his back facing the door, cleaning the counter in front of him.
«Itâs been five months and you still didnât learn how to lock yourself inside?» Seonghwaâs soft voice made Baekhyun turn around so quickly he almost felt his head spinning; the boy immediately ran towards Seonghwa to hug him close, and the King returned the hug just as tightly, as his heart was hammering in his chest in a mixture of happiness and relief.
«Youâre okay⊠I was so worried!» Baekhyunâs loud voice echoed between the empty hall; he let go from Seonghwa, just to keep holding his hand.
«You have so many things to tell me, young boy. Letâs go get Jongdae, he has gone full Resistanceâs Leader mood.» Baekhyun quickly walked towards the innâs door, locking them inside.
«Hasnât he always been?» Seonghwa joked as he followed Baekhyun, which was leading to the backdoor.
«He got worse!» Baekhyun laughed.
Jongdae hugged Seonghwa with the same strength Baekhyun did earlier, a hint of incredulity remaining in his eyes as he looked at the younger boy.
«You really made it!» the Leader would affectionately squeeze his cheeks. «Safe and sound!»
Seonghwa nodded, and they sat down to tell each other everything happened during those months. His friends told him about how the situation got worse since he sailed, his Kingdom was on the verge of a civil war.
The Governor kept adding taxes and the people were getting poorer day by day. The Resistance tried to help civilians as much as they could but, it was almost impossible to see a positive end to this situation. Seonghwa listened carefully, feeling guilty that it took them so long to come back. However, while listening to Jongdae, he was furtherly sure about his decision.
«This is why you have to reclaim the throne as soon as possible.» Jongdae finished his explanation. Seonghwa shook his head in response and his friends frowned, confused.
«I will not, Jongdae. Iâm officially stepping down from my title,» he said, taking a hold of Jongdaeâs hands. «In your favour.»
«What?!» both brothers asked, unintentionally synchronised.
«Iâve had a lot of time to think about this and Jongdae, trust me. Youâd make a great King.» Seonghwa explained. He told them everything: the Mist, the friends he travelled with, Hongjoong. He told them about his feelings, opening their hearts to them. He told them about how he realized that there was no one more suited than Jongdae for this.
Despite his confidence while talking, it had not been an easy decision to make. Seonghwa was definitively giving up his old life: his habits, the luxuries, spending days studying, he was giving up a life that somehow he had always loved.
However, in his heart there was the strong certainty that staying with Hongjoong was the right path for him.
«Seonghwa, I canât do it.» Jongdae answered dumbfounded, «You are the King, people had always loved you.»
«Why are you talking like there arenât hundreds people out there ready to blindly follow you because they trust you?» Seonghwa asked back with a kind smile, squeezing the otherâs hands.
«Heâs right,» Baekhyun chimed in «Youâve been the Leader of the Resistance for years. There are a lot of people loyal to you.»
Jongdaeâs eyes found his brotherâs, «and also, we canât force this on him when his heart is now clearly somewhere else.» They remained silent for few minutes, Jongdae seriously pondering the idea before nodding and mumbling a quiet, «I will do it» Seonghwa erupted into a wide smile, and emptied the bagâs contents on the table.
«First of all, promise me you wonât freak out.» his fingers played with the casketâs lock and his friends looked at him, puzzled.
«Aurora, please, show yourself.» he mumbled, opening revealing a large transparent sphere laying on velvet. Just like happened at the Mistâs cave, as soon as Seonghwa touched the sphere, a faint glow began to erupt from the centre of it.
Both Jongdae and Baekhyun looked at it, almost hypnotized by the beauty of the colours alternating inside the sphere. Once again, Aurora materialized as gracefully as the first time.
«W-what the hell just happened?» Baekhyunâs incredulously whispered, and Jongdae remained silent, watching in awe as the woman which seemed made of air itself took a standing position next to Seonghwa. Her robes were gracefully moving as if dancing in the wind, except all windows were closed.
«So, she is the Aurora shard Iâve been looking for.» Seonghwa explained his friends.
«Is this about your wish, Your Majesty?» she looked at Seonghwa with her soft and colourful eyes, pretending to not know already; Seonghwa nodded, exchanging a look with Jongdae.
«Why are you looking at me? What do I have to do?» Jongdae asked; noticing Seonghwaâs eyes glancing at the crystal sphere, he tentatively reached out to touch it with his index finger, right next to Seonghwaâs.
«As I promised, I will grant your wish. I recognise you, Jongdae, as the rightful King.» Aurora smiled softly at him, explaining that as soon as Jongdae would have claimed the throne, the shard would disappear to go back to the Mist Island. «Itâs not the first time I helped this Kingdom.» she said, «The rules of time donât apply to me. I will always be there, until the end of time.» then, she disappeared into the shard after the hint of a polite bow.
«I canât believe this,» Baekhyun commented, an excited smile on his face. «but wait, youâre officially a pirate now?» Seonghwa nodded in response. Baekhyun scoffed, lightly hitting Jongdae on his chest «Well, brother. You might as well be a King now, but I can see the future.» he said, referring to the first night he saw Seonghwa and Hongjoong together at the inn.
Time passed quickly, they talked and laughed together about everything came to their mind about the long months spent apart and before they realized, it was time for dinner.
Hongjoong was the first one to arrive at the inn; both boys sat together facing the counter where Baekhyun was working, as they were waiting for their friends. Looking around the hall, Seonghwa sadly had to acknowledge what his friend told him earlier; the change was undeniable, instead of the crowded hall, now there were at least half of the people.
«So⊠What did you do today?» Hongjoong asked, inching closer to Seonghwa.
«Nothing interesting, really. I abdicated.» he answered inching closer as well; their noses were almost touching and he tried not to laugh at Hongjoongâs suddenly confused face.
«What do you mean?» the pirate frowned, confusion clearly written on his face.
«I already told you, Iâm coming with you!» Seonghwa giggled, softly bumping his forehead against his lover.
«And whoâs going to-»
«Jongdae.» Seonghwa answered, telling him about everything that had happened between them.
«Seonghwa,» Hongjoongâs said with a soft voice, his hands reaching to hold his loverâs under the table, «are you really sure about this? Spending five months on a pirate ship is quite different from-»
«Hongjoong, I donât think I could spend my days without you,» Seonghwa interrupted him, tightening his grip, adverting his gaze towards the innâs entrance, «or without them.» he added, nodding at their friends which were now walking towards their table, as always talking loudly.
Sometimes Seonghwaâs gaze met Baekhyunâs and the older would playfully wink at him, nodding towards Hongjoong with his head.
They were sitting in an inn in a distant city near Jonghoâs home town, two months had passed since he last saw Jongdae and Baekhyun.
Needless to say, his friends and the crew were all happy with Seonghwaâs decision to stay with them. Eventually, his role became helping Yeosang with the navigation on the crowâs nest. Yeosang was more than happy with this decision: the two had became close friends, so he didnât mind spending more time with Seonghwa, and the pirate needed someone who would change place with him every now and then.
The relationship between Hongjoong and Seonghwa was pretty much official, so both boys kept on sharing the Captainâs quarters.
Yunho suddenly made them a hurried sign to keep quiet, stealthily pointing to the table behind them, and they all curiously complied.
«I told you itâs the truth!» a rough manâs voice exclaimed, excited. Seonghwa slightly leaned closer to Hongjoong, in order to hear better. «The Kingdom of the West has a new King!» the man proceeded, telling his friends about what happened the day after Seonghwa returned to his former Kingdom. A young man â which some had recognized as the Leader of the Resistance, asked for a meeting with the Governor and then he proceeded to summon a furious female spirit from a sphere which started glowing in various colours, angered by the fact that someone was unfairly occupying the Kingâs throne.
The man continued, adding that the Governor and his followers had all been executed because of the outrages and wrongdoing done to the people; needless to say, the citizens were more than happy with this decision. As the man continued talking with his friends, Seonghwa felt both happy and relieved to hear those words, even though he never doubted Jongdae. He was happy to know people loved him, and relieved to hear about how slowly he was fixing everything.
The Kingdom was no longer on the verge of a civil war, nor on the verge of a war with neighbouring Reigns.
«You heard that? I created a hero.» Seonghwa boldly whispered to Hongjoong.
After discussing a bit further, the man and his friend changed the topic of their conversations, and the pirates went back to eating. Seonghwa chewed on his food and chuckled at Mingi and San friendly bickering over a plate of food, and at Yeosang and Jongho were pretending nothing was happening even thought they were in between the two boys playfully screaming at each other.
The boyâs heart suddenly felt overwhelmed, and his mind started wandering through everything that had happened to that day; he glanced at his friends, feeling his soul at ease, a content sigh left his lips. A familiar hand softly ruffled his hair.
«You okay?» Hongjoong gently whispered in his ear, probably noticing that he had stopped eating all of a sudden.
«Yeah, I was just thinking,» Seonghwa said, before answering to Hongjoongâs silent question with a smile, «Iâm home.» he simply said with a shrug.
Hongjoongâs eyes widened in surprise, before erupting into a wide smile as well.
«You are.» Hongjoongâs voice was gentle, like every other time the other would speak to him.
«Hey, lovebirds! Weâre having dinner over here!» Yunho loudly called out to his friends.
«I swear to the Goddess Mazu, Wooyoung and San are more subtle than you two!» Mingi added, an exaggerated exasperated sigh left his lips.
«San, you heard them?» Wooyoung asked his lover, noisily placing his chalice back on the table.
«Is it a challenge?» San finished for him, smirking and raising an eyebrow in mischief.
«No, itâs not.» Yeosang immediately said, politely placing his fork on the plate to rub his temples.
«Yeah please, donât.» Jongho echoed his friend, still quietly chewing on his food.
Wooyoung erupted into a contagious laughter, and Seonghwaâs hand reached out to Hongjoongâs one and he intertwined their fingers under the table. He knew that he made the right choice. He was exactly where he was supposed to be.
Later that night, after Hongjoong gave the wedding ring back to Seonghwa â who wore it immediately, they made love. Hongjoongâs nails drew red lines on Seonghwaâs back and their fingers lingered on the otherâs skin a bit more desperately, in stark contrast to their kisses, which were soft, gentle and caring. They whispered each otherâs name almost like a prayer, mumbling quiet âI love youâsâ as they came down from their bliss.
With a content smile, Seonghwa played with both the rings on his left hand using his thumb, his right arm was resting comfortably around Hongjoongâs waist, which was laying on his side with his head on his loverâs chest, hugging the otherâs hip which were partially covered by the blanket.
«Does it mean you found a better treasure?» Seonghwaâs smug question eventually broke the comfortable silence of the room, as he was referring to the otherâs words back at the tavern when the Pirate choose his wedding ring as a compensation: âIâll give it back once Iâll find something more valuableâ, he had said.
The King heard the Pirateâs breathless laugh, before he propped himself on his left elbow in order not to not place his whole weight on Seonghwa.
«As if you didnât know already.» Hongjoong answered with a wide smile, affectionately kissing Seonghwaâs lips.
all works © lettersfromaphrodite
Do not modify, repost, translate or plagiarize my stories. I only publish my works on tumblr & AO3.
âłÂ BACK TO NAVIGATION đ« âłÂ BACK TO MASTERLIST đź
+ yungi
ATINY twitter (pt. 24/?)
Same
wanna kiss sunghoonâs lips
I don't think anyone appreciates how funny Pope Franics actually is. Imagine being elected to the head of an over the top bad guy organization that would make you the final boss of a jrpg, and you spend your entire time there sitting around and saying things like "maybe we should reconsider our 'people dying is good' policy. I'm not saying we should reverse the 'people dying is good' policy, it's been our policy for thousands of years after all, but maybe we should, oh I don't know. Reconsider it." And every time you do so it causes half of a major world religion to get so pissed off that it almost causes a religious schism
Read for the smut, stayed for the plot
Hail To The King
âș đżđđđđđđ - king!yunho x ex-princess!reader â âș đđđđ/đ¶đđđđ - 18+, historical au, angst, bone-deep hatred, revenge, imprisonment, enemies-to-lovers, she-fell-first-but-he-fell-harder, prisoner of war, slice of life, slow burn, politics, time lapses, path to healing, redemption, clichĂ© ending, smut towards the end (fingering, face-sitting, mentions of daddy, softdom!Yunho, doggy, missionary, creampie, no protection {donât do this!!!})â âș đđđđđđđ đđđđđđđ - MDNI, stealing kisses, mentions of violence (but definitely NOT described), Y/N gets hurt and it might be triggering to some because !knife was used (ML saves you) â âș đđđđ đČđđđđ - 28K+ (SHEESH) â âș đđąđđđđđđ - You are the ex-princess of a fallen kingdom whose king, your father, ruined everybody's lives and is now taken over by neighbouring kingdom. Their king, Jeong Yunho has taken you captive to get even and he is determined to break you until you are nothing more than a shell of your previous status as a princess.â âș đœđđđđ - I'm back after a month! This was longer than I thought but it was needed. More notes towards the end (very important!) âș đđđđđđđ - @ginger-mingi @0rangemilk @dearinsaniiity
I slowly put my head down in defeat and put on a cynical smile. The sky looked good today, a little too good, as if it was mocking me with how it expanded above as an ever-growing dream. Only I don't get to live that dream. Today was the day I will get executed for the sins I not once committed. "Princess," Ilri, my trusted maid, pleaded with a shaky voice.
I shook my head with a small smile and tears fell from her eyes. There was not a single dry eye right now and all I could hear were sniffles as I looked around "You shall not call me that," I tenderly patted her head. "I am no longer your princess, my father is dead."
I looked at each and everyone of my beloved maids, the ones I had grown up with, and the ones I will never, ever see again after this. "You all have served me well. May the Gods bless you and your future."
I tried to not to show emotions in my last moments with them, if I do, all the beacon of hope they have will vanish along with me. I waved goodbye to my good maids for the last time and the prison guards proceeded to put me in shackles and drag me to my execution place. They didn't even bother giving me footwear. I can feel the tears threatening to pool in my eyes, but I blinked them back. I'll be damned if any of these people see me cry. The walk was long, as if they were giving me my last shred of humanity before they stripped it away from me. I stared at the heavy shackles that bound my wrists together and suppressed a groan of pain when the guard pulled on it 'accidentally.'
My father, the former ruler of the Kingdom of Aurora, was not the best ruler. I knew my father was not a good person, and he had this coming for him eventually, but now I have to bear the sins he made and pay for them with my life. I was being led to the execution ground, each step I took felt heavier and heavier, and the screams from the people from Dune were getting louder and louder; more ear-piercing, more bellowing.
I was pushed harshly andI suppressed a groan of pain when I hit the ground and realized that my knees and palms were bleeding. I hear the guards snickering from above me. I stood up and looked them in the eye without backing down. They become uncomfortable and shift away. Bloodlust. I slowly talked in the middle of the area, the roars getting more deafening. The people, they want me dead to satisfy their habit of decomposing, right before their very eyes.
And die I will. I kept my head held high, refusing to look down. I refuse to bow down, even if the ground hurts my delicate feet the more I step forward. It seemed like the whole kingdom was here. After the information that Aurora was down, it wasn't much of a surprise that everybody wanted to witness this spectacle. Everybody knew I would be here, and everybody knew me. They have suffered far too long and my death would make a change. Things have been thrown my way - eggs, shoes, tomatoes, even daggers - none of them hit me, yet. I tried ignoring them and continued to my set course until I stopped below what seemed like a stage.
There were people there, officials with how they wore their uniforms, but the only thing that caught my attention was the one man that sat in the middle of the stage - The King. I couldn't see half of his face, nobody except his confidants. He always had this mask that covered his lower face and it always emphasized how dark his eyes were. I'm not talking about the colour, I meant the level of sinister it held.
And right now, it held pure, unadulterated hatred towards me; the type that reduced me into nothing but a vermin. Silence enveloped the whole place, not a breath nor an exhale could be heard all throughout. An official stepped forward with his hands behind his back. He was of average height, nothing too extraordinary. But he was cunning, like that of a fox.
"Your kingdom has fallen, Princess Y/N," the King's right-hand man, Jung Wooyoung, said. "Best believe, you shall concede."
When he called my name, flashbacks upon flashbacks came into my mind. I remembered the sacrifices I had to make to get to where I was. All the suffering, the hurt, but all in vain. I didn't answer, opting to look him straight in the eye. I wasn't trying to rebel or show dominance, just that I meant absolutely no harm. "Lest you deny everything that is your kingdom," Wooyoung paused. "Your father has done, you are, hereby, sentenced to death..."
I tuned him out, my ears ringing so loudly in my head that I couldn't focus. I knew it was coming, but it didn't hurt any less.
"Kneel."
It was one word, and it had snapped me out of whatever trance I was slowly falling onto. My eyes widened ever so slightly, but I composed myself before anyone could notice. When I didn't move, a tall man wearing full-blown knight armour began to make his way towards me. I stifled a gasp when he drew a sword to my neck. I was sure he nicked the skin because I felt warm liquid trickle down. "Bow down, princess," the knight spat with venom.
The King raised a hand and in one second, the knight left my side. It was unnerving, the control he had on everyone, but not before snapping at me one more time. Â "If you know what is best for you," another voice from the podium sounded. It was calm, but make no mistake, he was vicious. "Your life no longer belongs to you. Bow."
I couldn't help the fire in my eyes as I stared angrily at the stage and announced in the loudest, firmest voice I could ever muster. "I am the princess of the great Kingdom of Aurora. You may have temporarily erased my home and have taken everything from my people, but you will not take my dignity."
Screams of protests sounded all throughout the arena, but all I could focus on was the smirk from the man who spoke after Jung Wooyoung. It was as if he was waiting for me to say something foul so he'd have an excuse to kill me.
"Was."Â
It was one command and it made everybody stop. It admittedly brought shivers down my spine. It was the first time I have ever heard the King speak. His voice had this rich, silky, baritone that could bring anyone to their knees. He almost had me. He stood from the smaller throne, and I almost shrunk. He was tall, taller than any man I've seen in my life, and he was broad. His form, the way he carries himself, the regality, solidified his authority.Â
This was the man that killed my father, the man who destroyed Aurora, something no kingdom has even gotten close to doing. Jeong Yunho was not a man to be trifled with. "The one who speaks with a sharp tongue," he grabbed a bow and positioned it so it was pointing at me before putting the arrow on it. "It's no surprise that God wasn't on your side."
He let go and the arrow came barreling towards my direction. The force of it was so strong, I heard the 'whoosh' sound through the air. I closed my eyes and waited for the impact - waited for my death.
But it never came.
I opened my eyes and craned my head to look down and the arrow was skillfully lodged between my feet. An inch more, it would have landed on my heart.Â
"Seize her to the dungeons," the King waved his hand dismissively.
I didn't protest, I couldn't, when the guards started dragging me roughly to Lord-knows-where. My stomach felt like it dropped to my foot along with that arrow, the chilling reality and the instantaneous realization that I had almost died. I thought I was ready, but clearly, the terror was indescribable at the face of death. I kept a calm disposition as I was being dragged away, but I maintained eye contact with Jeong Yunho, and he knew I was scared. I could see the sadistic twinkle in his eyes.
Before I knew it, one week had passed since I was thrown down here, one week since I'd seen any sunlight, and one week since I last felt any sort of human interaction. Time flies differently when you're alone. It was driving me insane. They weren't feeding me well, but at least I wasn't shackled anymore. The isolation did give me a lot of time to think, however.
I knew what the King was doing. My father, no matter the monster he was, loved me dearly. Jeong Yunho was getting back at him by making me suffer. Chills went down all over my body at the thought of him. I had never seen anybody in general with the type of hatred Yunho had for me. It was soul-consuming. The sound of metal clanking caught my attention. It was the guard that usually gave me my food, or at least, what looked like food.Â
"Not up to your tastes, princess?" he said with a mocking tone. I couldn't blame him, my father had made the people of Dune suffer with his wicked ways.
I didn't reply to avoid conflict. "I'll be back in ten minutes," he continued. "The King wants you."
Fear enveloped my entire core. Has he finally decided to kill me after making me wait for one whole week? True to his words, the same guard fetched me and I was surprised to be lead to a small room with a bucket of water. Apparently I had to wash up before the King took to see me.
Or rather, kill me.
I hurriedly did as told and wore a dress that hung for me to take. It was a simple one, much like a commoner's. As we walked, I couldn't help but stare at myself through every mirrored wall we passed through. Twenty-two years as a princess, and now suddenly a prisoner - someone who was truly hated because of my father.
"Enter," a grunt sounded from inside the room when the guard knocked.Â
The guard left literally before Yunho was finished giving the order to come in. I took a few breaths before I walked in and closed the door behind me. It was large, unsurprisingly, and the first thing I noticed was how different the architecture was compared to my own room in Aurora. But all in all, it was as lavish as it can be. There he was, standing proudly in the middle of the room as he leaned onto what seemed to be his office table, staring at me with his arms crossed across his chest.Â
He still had that mask that covered half of his face, but his eyes, they made me feel so little. I stared back at him, caught off-guard that he was actually waiting for me instead of being somewhere else and passing a message to me. "How was your stay in the dungeon?" he asked rhetorically, unblinking and unrelenting.
I averted my eyes by looking down on the floor. No matter how hard he tried to keep his expression neutral, there was loathing in those eyes. There was no warmth. I wasn't human to him. I heard him walking, his shoes clacking against the greyish tiles. "Such insolence," he chuckled darkly. "Look at me."
And I did, looking straight into his eyes once more and was taken aback by the disgust that laid on them. It was the first true emotion I saw on him, no matter how negative it was. "You're going to answer when I ask something, yes?" the King snarled lowly. "I would love nothing but to punish you, trust me. Now I'm going to ask you again," he stopped walking a couple of feet away from me. "How was it?"Â
Angry tears started to pool in my eyes. "Good," I whispered.
He smirked, tilting his head. "Good...?"
Humiliation clogged up my tightening throat. "Good, S-Sir."
His cold, but satisfied, eyes never left me as a sadistic grin flashes upon his face. "Let's get one thing straight right now," he said. "You will address me from now on. You're my property now, got it?"
"Y-Yes, Sir."
Fear was stuck in my throat, but I didn't allow it to show because I knew all this would happen the moment Aurora fell and I was captured by the Dunean army. Yunho hummed in response. "I will break you, Y/N. That fire in your eyes right now will be gone when I'm done with you."
Shivers traveled up my spine at the sheer hatred that coated his voice when he mentioned my name. He motions for me with his finger. "Come here."
My legs felt like they had lead attached to them. I stiffly walked towards him. I stopped directly in front of him, trying my best to stand upright, but I could feel my legs shaking and giving up on me. "You acted so high and mighty at the arena earlier," he clicked his tongue. "Where is that now?"
I bunched my dress tightly in my fists. "I don't know, Sir."
It took everything in me not to back away from him and I gasped in pain when he pulled my hair back hard. Pure contempt filled his features. "Do you know what your father did?" the King hissed, his fists tightening around my hair. "Do you?"
I hate him, but my hatred towards pain was stronger. I bit my lips hard so as to not make any sound. "Yes, please, it hurts---"
I felt a hand wrap around my throat - his other hand - and terror made its way to my bones.
His face revealed nothing, he was very calm, and that was what made it worse. There was no anger, no sneer, not even a mocking stance. It was nothing. He was just staring at me choking on the air he took from me as he squeezed tighter and tighter. I resorted to clawing his arms from me as dark spots started to appear from my vision, my eyes fluttering dangerously, my consciousness steadily fading away from me.
"P-Please," I begged
"Pathetic," he spat.
Finally, he lets go and shoves me harshly. I end up losing my balance due to nausea and almost kissing the floor. I looked up to glare nastily at him, but all he gave me was a bone-chilling stare that made me feel so little.
"Get up," he commanded. I coughed harshly, not hearing him, but he wasn't having it. He grabbed my hair again and dragged me up. I yelped when he grabbed my chin and roughly tilted my head up. There was a significant height difference between us, so my neck was straining. "P-Please---"
"I despise you more than your father, do you know that?" Yunho growled.
"I-I don't understand," I quivered helplessly.
He let out a sinister chuckle. "You might not have indirectly made not only Dune, but other kingdoms as well, a living hell, but you were there. It took me years to erase your father's reign of terror."Â Â
My ears rang with each painful word and tears sprung from my eyes. "And you did absolutely nothing to stop it," he continued. I hissed when he squeezed my jaw. "I'm telling you, princess. You will be begging me to stop once I start."
"I'm sorry, I tried to stop him, I swear," I pleaded with him. "I-I'm not my father..."
He smirked darkly. "I know."
He tugged the bejeweled mask from his face, his eyes never leaving mine. I couldn't look away even if I wanted to. I froze when it finally came off, taken aback when I finally saw his face for the first time. I would always remember how beautiful he was, if not for the explosive anger that covered his expressions. His sharp nose complimented his alluring eyes and his jawline was definitely carved by God, himself. However, right now, his facial muscles are tense.
"See this?" he pointed bluntly at his face. "He had the time of his life giving me this."
I was confused at first, not knowing what he was talking about, until I looked at what he was pointing at. There was a scar that ran from his upper lip straight down his chin in a diagonal angle. I paled at the sight, not because it disgusted me, but because I truly felt for him and what he had gone through in the hands of my father. Dread filled my heart. Appearances are one of the most important things about a noble, especially a king, and my father just ruined Jeong Yunho's chances of getting taken seriously by his subjects.Â
My heart moved a little faster than normal when I realized that the scar never dulled his striking features - if anything, it made him even more stunning. I didn't even notice it at first.
"Open your mouth," he said. There was no expression in his eyes.
I raised my chin higher, not wanting to stall in case he actually strangled me long enough to pass out. And so, I did as told and opened my mouth wide. I cringed when he spat in my mouth, my body feeling hot when I saw a thread of saliva connecting our mouths together. It was humiliating getting spat on, let alone inside the mouth by someone who loathed me. He knew it, so he did it again.Â
"Swallow," he ordered. I made a sound of protest, and his eyes flashed black. It sunk in that was my fate now, and I cannot escape it.
But I was going to bear it with dignity, or what was left of it. I was born a princess, and no amount of degradation will remove my royal lineage. His lips twitched ever so slightly when I slowly swallowed his spit, and his eyes trailed down my neck where it traced my throat as it went down, and down, until his eyes snapped back at mine again.
"Your pride and arrogance astounds me," he mocked, grabbing onto my hair again and tilting my head upwards. "Let's see how far that takes you."
He leaned down and quickly ravaged my lips in a frenzied kiss. I froze, tears starting to form in my eyes. In Aurora, a woman's kiss held utmost importance. This was worse than being taken against my will. He pulled away momentarily, irritation laced upon his face. "Behave," he commanded in a different language, a language I knew well.
My chest was pained, he spoke Aurorean, which meant he knew exactly what stealing a kiss from me meant. I swallowed down the panic and humiliation and tried my very best to detach myself from the present. I nodded, afraid of another punishment from him. He grabbed my hips, his fingers painfully pressing on it, as I opened my mouth. My father saw to it that no man was to ever get near me unless they wanted a guaranteed death.
He grunted as he bit and explored every surface of my mouth, his strong hands caging me and ensuring me that I would not be able to get out of this. I whimpered in pain when he bit my lip so hard, he drew blood. The metallic taste of it spread throughout my tongue as he played with mine.
Although it was animalistic and borderline barbaric, I could have sworn he was holding back on me. And he didn't disappoint, he pulled away with the most satisfied, sadistic, unhinged smile on his face. I was mortified, taking a step back away from him.
"W-What have you done?" I whispered torturously, ignoring the pain of my now swollen lips.
"Mingi!" the King barked loudly, ignoring me.
I could feel myself slowly hyperventilating, my thoughts jumbling into a manic mess. I wiped my lips with the back of my hand, staring at him with defiance. The door slowly opened and in comes a familiar man wearing armour. "My king?" He was the tall man who pointed a sword at my throat and managed to nick the skin on it. "Your mask..."
I knew him, at least by name. Song Mingi was a household name being the Head Commander of all the armies in Dune. "Lock her there," Yunho pointed at a specific room that was connected to this chamber. "And lock her good," he stared at me with contempt. "We don't want an uprising."
I was offended, but I had no energy to contest it. Mingi didn't share the same energy. "You're not going to kill her?"
"No," he replied. "Death is too easy. Go."
Mingi hesitated. "But, sire..."
The King started to walk away but paused without a backwards glance. "Go."
I gasped when an armoured hand grabbed my arm. "You're coming with me," Mingi growled, and then we started walking.
"W-Wait, please," I tried to reason with him, but all I got was the meanest glare I've ever seen in my life so I just clamped my mouth shut. He roughly shoved me towards the room without any remorse and I surprisingly ended up landing on a bed. I quickly scrambled up to take my surroundings in.
"I don't know what Yunho is planning for you, but it's not going to be pretty," the commanding knight spat bitterly. I was surprised with the first name basis reference, but I chose to ignore it. With that, he slammed the door with a loud bang and I heard him lock it.
I realized that I was in a fairly decent sized room, but it was empty with only a bed and a dresser in it. There was also a small window by the bed, but it was barred, and even if it wasn't, jumping would be impossible since I would fall straight to my death. For the first time since my kingdom fell, my father was killed, and I was held captive, I felt real pain. I sobbed loudly, not caring if I could be heard from the outside. Heavy sobs wracked my entire body, and I wasn't sure which one hurt more - the one physical pain or the emotional pain.Â
Everything hurt so, so much and for a moment, I was stupid to think I could do this. Why did my father's sins have to haunt me? He was dead, damn it, so why? He was a greedy man, plundering and destroying anything that resembled a civilization in his path. He killed so much that his life was barely enough to pay for every single soul he condemned. I huddled myself in my bed, burying myself in the blanket provided as I tried to control my tears from falling. I didn't want to cry anymore, but it was so difficult to stop myself.Â
I have to survive, no matter what it takes. Jeong Yunho might temporarily stall me, but he will never break me.
And so another game of waiting began. Spending time in this room wasn't all bad, I wasn't getting hurt and I wasn't seeing Jeong Yunho at all, so I was able to focus on my recovery alone. Until one day, that peace was broken. I was just about to make the bed provided to me when the door suddenly opened to reveal the most majestic person I have ever seen. He had this soft yet angular face at the same time. He was pretty.
"I bid you good morning," I bowed slightly, just in case this one was a stickler for rules.
"Charmed," he replied. His voice was only slightly deeper than the King's. "Get ready. He wants you."Â
I frowned. I knew who he was referring to. "For what?"
He raised a brow. "It's not my place to question---"
I saw red. "So he could finally kill me?" I scoffed. "He can rot in hell for all I care."
I was beyond reasoning and this alone could get me killed, but I could care less at this point. The man narrowed his eyes at me with a dangerous stare. Finally, he sighed, entered the room and closed the door behind him. "Look," he began. "Personally, I don't have anything against you, but I also have no care if you rot in here with your insubordination."
I stared at him as I took his insults. There was a glimmer of anger and understanding in his eyes. "Don't make this harder for the both of us," he sighed. "Don't make him come here and drag you out, himself."
"Your king is an animal," I blurted out before I could stop myself.
The man raised his brows in surprise before chuckling. "Mingi was right. You are ungrateful."
"Am I supposed to be grateful for this?" I cried out.
"Yes, he let you keep your life," he snapped, surprising me. "You're not even supposed to be alive right now. You have no idea what he's capable of, you don't want to know what he's capable of."
I stared at him, not knowing what to say. "Now, if you're done," he continued. "Get dressed and follow me. There should be some in the dresser."
I gave in and did as told. I don't know what came over me, but at this point, I was too emotionally tired of thinking too much. Escaping reality seemed like a good choice right now. When I stepped out with him, Yunho was already waiting for the both of us. It seems that this was unexpected for the man who escorted me out as well and he had this startled expression on his face.
I almost wanted to hyperventilate again. Memories of what happened the last time I was here came rushing through my mind. I felt as if my lungs were shrinking in on me as I tried to breathe in when the King looked straight at me in displeasure, his eyes lingering a bit longer on my shaking hands. He looked away to turn to the man beside me. "Stellar work, Grand Duke."
I barely kept my expression when I side-eyed the taller man beside me. I just disrespected a Grand Duke because I failed to keep my cool and so far, he's only reprimanded me. There can only be one Grand Duke in this kingdom and I was rude. "You flatter me too much, Your Grace," the Grand Duke bowed his head.
The King raised a brow. "Spare me the servility, Seonghwa."
A deadly smirk paints Seonghwa's lips. "You make it sound like our captive is difficult."
"If she tries anything," Yunho gives me a nasty glare. "You'll be the first to know. Now, get out."
The air was so awkward, at least for me, when Seonghwa left. I didn't know what to do, but I wasn't going to wait.
"You called for me," I mumbled. "Sir."
He turned away to wear that black mask he was known for that covered the bottom half of his face. "Get ready. We're going to court," he ordered.
I faltered. That was a mistake on my part. The unmistakable fire of anger started to cloud his eyes. He narrowed his eyes on me. "What?" he asked threateningly. "Something the matter, prisoner?"Â
"I-I---" I stammered pathetically, the words getting stuck in my throat. My hesitation cost me. The King chuckled lowly at first, until it slowly turned into a sadistic laugh that bared all his teeth.
"I thought we already agreed that you will obey whatever it is I tell you?" Yunho shook his head. The ferocious glint in his eyes as he started slowly walking towards me were so dark it held no reflection against them. "I even gave you weeks to think about it alone."
Tears burned in my eyes as I averted them. "I apologize, Sir, please..."
He stops halfway all of a sudden, squinting his eyes at me in sheer fury. "Kneel."
I faltered, and he noticed. "I don't like repeating myself," he growled. "Kneel."
I sank to the ground, afraid of the consequences, my knees hitting the ground with a thud. He started walking until he was directly in front of me.
He sat down to my eye level. If he wasn't intimidating before, he certainly was now. This was the closest I've gotten to him and the proximity made me extremely nauseous. He harshly grabbed my chin, his grip was firm and ensured I never looked away from him. "Do you, perhaps, have a craving for pain, Y/N? Is that what you want?" Yunho hissed, his voice low and deadly. "Thick as you are, surely you are not that foolish?"
He paused, his hands traveling down and caressing my bruised neck. "I could collar you," a ghost of a smile. "What say you?"
Cold dread washed over me. "No, please, Sir, I-I'm sorry, don't do it..."
He didn't blink and stared at me with clear hatred. "I'm not like your father," he spat. "But the next time you displease me, I'll take drastic measures, understand?"
I nodded faster than I have ever done in my entire life. "Splendid," Yunho deadpanned. "Be on your best behaviour. Do not disgrace me."
Everything was such a blur. One second, I was kneeling beneath Jeong Yunho, the next second I was in a carriage, and the next moment, I was standing like a slave next to his throne, where he sat, while he looked on downwards. From this view, we could see everything. And we weren't alone. As usual, the Head Commander Song Mingi was there, and he was snarling at me. There were also two more people in here with us - only one of which I wasn't familiar with.Â
I remember the man who was on the lower level of the box stage, he was the one who told me that my life wasn't mine anymore a couple of weeks ago. It was so bold of him. The man beside him, I have never seen him before, but it was easy to see that he was a Courtier, the king's adviser. Suddenly, the bold man looked up at me and smirked treacherously. "How are you settling in, princess?"
I shrank closer to Yunho, whose face remains stoic and expressionless. I was uncomfortable at the sudden attention. I wasn't used to being held captive at all. "Don't look away," I heard Yunho whisper. He looked up at me with no expression in his eyes. "And get your hands off me or I will make sure you never get to touch anything else ever again.
I didn't even realize that I was gripping his shoulders. "I am sorry, Sir..." With that, he left in disgust.
"Cat got your tongue?" the man continued in a biting tone. "Do you even know what's happening?"
My heart dropped to my feet. I had an inkling what today was about, but it didn't hurt less.They killed my people. The man clicked at his tongue, displeased at my lack of response. "Makes me wonder why my brother didn't kill you yet," he mumbled more in wonder rather than malignance. Â
I frowned. I had no idea that the King had another brother. I stared at him for a second longer before I looked away. They looked so similar, but different at the same time. A huge difference was that the Second Prince, albeit snide, still had humanity in his eyes - something his older brother lacked. He left the room without a backwards glance at me.
I stared into space, imagining what my life would have been like if I wasn't born as my father's daughter. I sniffled, catching the attention of the people around me. I could see them sneer, hear them mumble under their breaths at how I was faking my grief, but I didn't care. My people were gone. I have failed them.Â
 Even then, I didn't blame anyone but my father. Everything was his fault. A handkerchief showed itself in front of my face. "Wipe your tears now," the Courtier sighed. I didn't even notice him getting here. "Here. Take it before Yunho comes back."
Again with the first name basis. I shook my head. "I thank you, b-but I wouldn't dare accept,' I whispered, trying to keep the tears at bay. My blood boiled at the lack of care for my people, but I get it. My father was barbaric. He laughed at dying people. He was about to insist, but the Head Knight spoke. "San," Mingi began with that deep voice of his. "We have to go."
"Look alive," he said. "Everyone will be here shortly."
"W-What? Why?"
"To discuss what happened and how we'll move forward," he paused, hesitating. "Wooyoung?"
I was confused, until I turned around. I didn't even notice that there was somebody else in the room besides me and the Courtier. He began to walk towards us. "To discuss whether we should bury the dead," the King's right-hand deadpanned. "To discuss if we should include you."
"Knock it off," San warned in a heavy tone.
Wooyoung scoffed. "What?" he dared. "It's the truth. Better now than be knocked for six later."
I gulped nervously. "You hate me though," I mumbled.
He raised a tentative brow. "I do," he confirmed. "Your father killed my brother. Callously, might I add."
My breath hitched at the new information, though I wasn't surprised at all to hear it. "Jung Woohyun, was it?"
A flicker of surprise crosses Wooyoung's face. "Yes," he said slowly. "You knew him?"
I shook my head. I knew the names of each and everyone that my father had deliberately killed. I didn't do it on purpose, I just couldn't forget out of guilt. So I did the thing I knew best. I sank slowly to the ground and bowed lowly until my forehead hit the floor. "I offer my deepest apologies to you, Sir. Though I am aware that my words do not hold any weight..."
There was a tense silence in the room. I felt a shaking hand try to help me get up. Wooyoung's eyes held great anger, but they shone with intense sadness. "Your apology will never bring him back," he vehemently spat. "Though I appreciate it, nonetheless."
"That's enough for now," San interrupted, much to my relief. "Everyone is coming."
Right on cue, the doors opened and in came barreling in nobles and officials, all of whom I have never seen before, and the familiar face of Grand Duke Seonghwa alongside someone whose face was the epitome of nobility, itself. I have never seen someone so handsome before. Lastly, Jeong Yunho, the King, himself walked in with all the grace that none of the other nobles had, and behind him was the Second Prince. I took my position to stand like a slave near the King's throne while he sat down next to his brother's smaller one.
"That's the princess?" a man who was well into his fifties pointed at me. "My, she's a thing of beauty!"
I bit back a whimper at all the unwanted attention directed towards me and inched closer to Yunho's throne. A murmur of agreement resounded through the entire room and I cringed inwardly at the blatant display of lust and salaciousness in the eyes of the noblemen who stared at me. I lowered my head, refusing to be the subject of such disgusting thoughts.
"Too bad she's Aurorean," another nobleman chuckled. "I would have loved to taste that..."
That seemed to open a can of worms. Everybody seemed to momentarily forget that I was the daughter of one of the most vicious kings that ever lived, and it automatically made me the center of all of their hatred.
"Oh, our benevolent king," a nobleman bowed in front of us. "I plead that we take the Aurorean princess as an offer to appease your people."
"Heed our words, Our King!"
"Hear 'ye, hear 'ye!"
I swallowed the panic and humiliation that was threatening to spill from my mouth and I tried to back out to avoid the attention, but it was useless. I could feel my muscles straining and my throat closing up in dread.
"You're not going to let them do this, aren't you?" the King's younger brother frowned in disapproval. "This is barbaric and unbecoming of our kingdom, no matter the deed!"
I could feel my hands shaking in anxiety, is this one of the punishments that Yunho had planned for me? I stared at San, possibly the only person who had shown me mercy so far, and I could see the apprehension brewing in his eyes as he and Wooyoung looked at one another. The King didn't say a word. He continued to stare and watch the commotion unfold. The noblemen took this as a 'yes' and began to approach me, but the Second Prince stopped them.
"Halt!" his loud voice boomed, angrily standing up and glaring at everyone who dared to move. "This is preposterous!"
"But Prince Jongho, our beloved Second Prince, Aurora had shown no mercy on thy people when we were suffering!"
"Aye!"
I saw the said Prince's eyes narrow in disgust. I would've been glad to finally put a name to the man keeping my dignity, even if his reasons weren't beneficial for me, but the situation was bad. "You're right, I despise her as well, but we are not them," he gritted his teeth. He abruptly turned to the King. "Brother!" he exclaimed. "You can't let them do this! Park Seonghwa, get up here!"
But the King didn't care. Before the Grand Duke could even get up from his chair, half of the noblemen protested as if they were slighted. "The King's words, or lack thereof," Seonghwa glared at Yunho. "Are final. I'm sorry, my prince."
I looked at the Second Prince in gratitude but all he did was snarl. "Do what you wish," Prince Jongho got up and opened the door to leave, slamming it to make a point.
I cried out when I felt my arms being grabbed as I was being dragged in the middle of the room. Tears filled my eyes when I was released harshly, keeping my head down so I wouldn't have to see their wretched faces. "Good Lord, she's exquisite," I heard someone from above me groan.
I heard all the men hum in approval. I tried to detach myself from all of this - I tried to remember my childhood, my mother, and my good servant and friend, Ilri. I missed her. She would have comforted me in my times of need. I looked up to stare at Yunho. He wasn't doing anything, he was relaxed, even. Our eyes met and he just stared back without any sort of expression.
"It all ends here," the filthy nobleman who suggested this in the first place growled. I gasped when he held out a sharp knife in front of my face. "You will pay for everything!"
I cried out loud when the knife swung and I subconsciously brought my hands to my face. My arms took the hit and they were bleeding badly, but the adrenaline to survive had kept me going. Once again, I turned to look back at Yunho, hoping that my tear-stained eyes were pleading enough for him to save me from this nightmare. He was the only one who can save me, even though I don't deserve it.
I blinked back tears as I talked to him with my eyes. I remember the first time I saw him back in Aurora. Even though he had the same mask he did back then like the one he had on right now, I vaguely remember thinking how majestic he was. I remember the anger, the anguish, his declaration of war with my father and my kingdom. I snapped out of my daydream and my arms were pulled back and I started twisting to free myself when I realized that these noblemen were really going to kill me right here, right now.
I whimpered with a broken voice, something I doubt anyone heard in all the commotion that was happening.
"Enough," the King's firm voice sounded.
Yunho had no need to raise his voice or force anybody to listen. Not a sound was heard throughout the whole room except for my hysterical sobs of relief. It was the most intense feeling I have ever experienced and I used what was left of my adrenaline to scramble towards him and hide myself. I knew this man was bound to finish the job that these noblemen didn't in the future, but right now I didn't care. I'd rather die by his hands than these vultures that want to eat me alive.
"Your Grace? What seems to be the matter?" the nobleman seethed in anger. "You did not seem to deny our pleas earlier!"
"But I never told you to go ahead either, did I?" Yunho raised a brow. He got up from his throne and started to descend. I got behind him to shield myself.
The noblemen all protested in anger. "My King, we all know how much you hate her! She is an abomination in this world, she ruined everyone's lives! She deserves to die! Her father killed the Third Prince!"
I halted abruptly when Yunho stilled in his steps. His back was tense - that nobleman hit a nerve. I whimpered, this was it for me. The nobleman was not wrong; my father did kill the Third Prince. It was a well-known fact that the Third Prince was beloved. Yunho stepped closer to the crowd. I was about to trot like a coward towards him when I felt a hand stop me. I looked up and Seonghwa was shaking his head as a warning. His stance visibly made everybody uncomfortable. "She is my prisoner. She belongs to the King, who happens to be me."
His voice was dangerously low. "You do not dictate to me what to do with her. If the event comes that her life will end, I am the only one allowed to do it because I own her. She is mine."
I gasped when Yunho yanked me harshly towards him. I landed on his chest and when I looked up, his face was expressionless as usual. He lifted his mask a bit to lean down and our lips connected for the second time since we've met, then he pulled away just as fast. That shut up anybody that dared to question him, but the silence was deafening. This time, I didn't have the ability to resent him for it. I'd kiss him a million times if he'd saved me the same amount.
Yunho turned around towards the door with authority and no one dared question it. "Send Prince Jongho back to punish these cretins."
I followed him helplessly until we were back in his chambers. I jumped a bit when he slammed the door hard. He pulled his mask away from his face and threw it away into nowhere in particular. I can't say I'm surprised when I saw how enraged he was. His eyes were wide with anger and his lips were set into a fine line.
I gulped. "Y-Your Grace?"
"What?" Yunho snapped and I almost backed out.
"I-I just wanted to thank---"
"Don't," he cut off, his expression dark. "I didn't do it for you. What even gave you that idea?"
My cheeks reddened in embarrassment. "You are most right, Sir. I apologize..."
Thick silence enveloped the room. I couldn't take my eyes off of him, and stared back at me with equal remorse. I was left to wonder what his reasons were, though I knew I would get punished if I asked why.
"You were ready to die that day."
I resisted the urge to look away from him, momentarily confused at what he was referring to. Then, I remembered. He was referring to the day when I was supposed to be executed. "I wasn't," I replied truthfully, hoping it was sincere enough. "No one is ever ready to die."
Yunho crossed his arms. "Why didn't you avoid the arrow, then?"
"Because I know you wouldn't do it...Sir."
He smirked at my boldness. "Admirable. Not many idiots have this type of audacity."
He stared at me long and hard, and I was sure he would demand for me to kneel, but all he did was turn around after. "Get out of my sight."
I didn't waste any time before he changed his mind. I scurried back to the room provided for me and quickly sat on the edge of my bed in exhaustion. I hissed in pain, remembering that my arm was slashed. I quickly inspected it and whimpered when I saw that the cut was deep.
"Oh God," I whispered, pressing the first cloth I saw on the wound, not caring if there would be blood on it, though I can't say I'm too upset about it. This was bound to happen and I'm surprised that it took this long for my blood to spill. It's been over a month since I've been captured, imprisoned, threatened.
A knock on the door startled me. I frowned, who could it be? Do they know I'm here? No one would be respectful enough to knock on a prisoner's door. "C-Come in..."
The Knight Commander entered briskly and behind him was Courtier Choi San and another man I have never seen before. "This is Kang Yeosang," San introduced. "He's a Duke but also a surgeon."
I quickly stood up and bowed my head in respect. It saddened me that I got used to it, but honestly, I couldn't care less anymore. "A surgeon?" I asked. "I'm confused."
The man, Yeosang, pointed at my bleeding arm. "That looks bad. Do you mind?"
I frowned, apprehension filling my guts. "You're going to...treat my arm?"
"Yes? You're wounded, why wouldn't I?"
Because I am the King's prisoner and I am lower than a slave, and slaves certainly do not get treated for any type of injury caused by nobles.
"Why? He does not fit your standards?" Mingi scoffed, and that earned him a glare from the San. I ignored him and went ahead to sit down on my bed and Duke Yeosang followed suit. He held my arm and clicked his tongue as he observed the long gash.
"Unfortunately, you need stitches," he mumbled. "I can administer them to you, but it will be very painful."
My heart dropped to my foot, but I nodded nonetheless. Yeosang gave me a colourful batch of crystal-looking things. "They're calming lozenges," he said when I hesitated to take them. "It's not going to get rid of the pain, but hopefully they will make it easier for you."
"T-thank you, Duke," I gratefully accepted them.
"Yeosang is fine," he waved his hand dismissively. I was surprised but opted not to say anything. He began tying a cloth around my arm. "This is to help lessen the bleeding---"
"A tourniquet, I'm aware," I blurted out before I could stop myself. Yeosang let out the smallest smile and nodded in agreement. I popped the lozenges in my mouth and automatically, the taste of lavender coats my mouth. I bit hard on it when I felt a needle poke onto my skin and I groaned loudly, surprised at how painful it actually was.
"So," San started. "How come you never gave me those lozenges, Yeo?"
I knew what he was doing - a conversation was better than fat silence. I screamed in pain when the needle pierced my skin.
"I need you to stay still, princess," Yeosang frowned. Tears formed in my eyes, but I obliged. "Anyway, it's because you don't deserve them, San."
"Seriously? I would have gone to the end of the world for you!"
"Then stay there," the Duke deadpanned. "Breathe in for me."
"O-Okay," I trembled. I took the deepest breath in and the searing pain in my arm almost made me want to vomit at the very least.
I saw San, and even Mingi, wince when I looked up. I had this urge to look straight and past the door, at the very end of his room, the King was there staring into the room. Yunho stared at Yeosang doing his work on my arm and I resisted the urge to scream again, but all in vain. He took one good look at me before leaving entirely.
"You know I can't live without you," San chuckled, still trying to lighten the atmosphere.
"Then die," Yeosang hissed. "Both of you, out!"
"And you," Yeosang's eyes found mine when we were all alone. "I heard about what happened in court. You better check your attitude if you don't want to be a corpse before this year ends."
He paused. "That was what everyone did when your father was still king."
I cringed, both from my words and the pain, but I can't even refute him. "No matter what I do, your King will punish me either way."
"He's not like that," he shook his head. "I'm sure you know how brutal he can get, but you also know he's very fair and just."
"Not with me, no," I smiled bitterly. "Though I understand."
"Believe it or not, he's actually holding back with you."
Blood rushed all the way to my head, but Yeosang wasn't done. "If he wants to get back at you for everything your father did, he would kill you, resurrect you, then kill you again. Wash, rinse, repeat."
Goosebumps erupted all over my body at what I just heard. "All done," he muttered, like he didn't just say the most terrifying thing I've heard in a while. "Go easy on yourself," Yeosang looked at me, but I had a feeling he was talking about something else. Then, he left.
What did he mean that Yunho was holding back?Â
It had been a couple of months since that. After my recovery, I've been sent all over the palace, but mostly, it's just the King either asking me to do odd stuff or keep me in my quarters. Nothing had changed, Yunho was still the terrifying person who had imprisoned me, but what's keeping me going was Yeosang talking to me a lot. I learned a few things about him, like how he never wanted to be Duke in the first place, but other than him, I've been quite lonely.
Yesterday, I was sent to the kitchen to serve food for the other nobles, but I was isolated on purpose. Whenever I had to eat, they would 'forget' me. Sometimes I don't even eat the food. Everybody dislikes me, especially the servants and other maids. Certain days, I'd find that my food either resembled animal feed or was just straight up rotten. But honestly, it's okay. At least nobody was hurting me. They hate me knowing that I was the former princess of Aurora.Â
The other week, it was the gardens, but I got lost because the gardens were so huge. Yunho had lost his mind trying to find me, himself. Needless to say, he had locked me in my room until yesterday, but that turned out to be a dud either. At this point, Yunho was really going to kill me.
I should ask him if there was anything I could do around, mostly so he wouldn't kill me. I took a peek outside the room, surprised that my door was not locked, and stepped out. My room - my prison - was directly connected to Yunho's room so automatically, I was within his space. As expected, the room reflected his sophistication. Suddenly, I noticed another door at the far corner. Against my better judgment, I walked through and realized it was a small balcony.
"My goodness," I whispered in amazement as I scanned the beautiful view with my eyes. Yunho had never struck me as a person who enjoyed the little things in life. I took a deep breath and smiled when fresh air hit my nose and filled my lungs. It had been a while since I was able to relax, to be able to feel like I was myself again.
I must've lost time because I suddenly felt a chill enveloping me. Maybe it was my nerves, because I knew I wasn't supposed to be here.
"Interesting."
I jumped a bit, startled. I turned around and saw Yunho standing by the door with his arms crossed. I immediately felt dread and twisted my hands together in fear and submission.
"S-Sir, I'm---"
He was furious, disdain written all over his face. "Come here."
I yelped when he pinned me against the balcony railing, his big hands completely encasing my wrists. He dug his nails on my skin and I looked up at him, pleading for him to spare me. One mistake and I could go tumbling down my demise. "Don't look at me like that," he snarled. "It's taking everything in me not to throw you out down there."
It made me realize, am I able to outdo my father's sins one day? He let me go and turned around. "Never let me see you in here again," his voice hardened. "Get inside."
I walked behind him, my heart pounding uncontrollably inside my chest, and in there was his right-hand man, his brows shot up in mild shock. "Did Yeosang not lock the door?" Wooyoung asked. "I told him not to," Yunho relayed, walking to sit down on the chair he always sat on when he was being an actual king and doing his duty. "A test of some sort..."
He leaned his hand on the table and stared at me. "And you failed."
I didn't know what to expect, but I should have expected that. He wanted to see if I was going to escape. "I-It's not what---"
"Save it. I don't care," he snapped. "We're going to have to straighten you out."
We?
I have never felt so vulnerable in my entire life. Yunho alone was enough to frighten me, but Wooyoung has told me he never liked me. And speaking of Wooyoung, he wasn't even baffled. His face had no distinct expression to it. I had no idea what he thought of this.
"Sit on the table," Yunho commanded. I got moving and tried to jump slightly and sit on the wooden oak table, but it was too high since Yunho was a big man. I had to use a stool to even try and get up. I tried not to whimper when I felt hands grab my waist to hoist me up and lift me effortlessly until I sat at the edge of the table with my legs dangling over it. My feet couldn't even reach the floor.
I closed my eyes and looked down on my lap to avoid making eye contact with whoever it was, but I knew it wasn't Yunho. A hand opened my knees and I was forced to look up at Wooyoung as he gently inched himself in between them so now his midriff was pressing up against me. I couldn't help but freeze, I never realized how attractive Wooyoung was before. "You are going to learn your place," Yunho spoke again, his voice taut. "You are no longer Aurorean, and Aurora is not your place anymore because you do not belong there."
What does that even mean? I tried to squirm away but Wooyoung's hands held my shoulders. There wasn't any force to it. I looked at him apprehensively and he only shook his head at me. "You're going to have to erase every bit of what you've known all your life," Yunho continued. I turned to stare at him and all he gave was a snarl. "You the King's, not Y/N, not a princess, nothing."
All the blood drained from my face. It dawned on me what this 'lesson' was going to be about. Yunho had taken everything from me - my home, my family, my freedom - but being Aurorean still lives inside me. Wooyoung's face relaxed when he saw the realization on my face. "I'm going to teach you how to kiss, Y/N. You have to learn how to," he paused to look me in the eyes. "Not to be you anymore. That means you don't need to abide by the Aurorean tradition."
The legend was that the gods and goddesses used to marry in the sacred land of Aurora. Every time they kissed to seal the marriage, prosperity would bring itself upon the people and good luck would flourish. Even my father, as evil as he was, never screwed around the tradition.
And now, they want me to give it up. I tried to stay still, to relax my body, but I couldn't. Wooyoung leaned down dangerously close to my neck. "Sometimes, we have to do things we don't want in order to survive," he lowered his voice even more. "Nod if you understand."Â
I swallowed tightly, but nodded anyway. He continued. "Yunho is doing you a favour, deviating from your tradition does not make you less of a person, but you have to set it aside so you can survive. You saw how fucked up the other nobles are. Do not give them the satisfaction of seeing you fold."
His statement hit me a lot harder than I thought. With that, he leaned down and pressed his lips against mine. His eyes watched me observantly before he slowly started to move. I didn't know what I was even doing, so I closed my eyes. "Just move along with me," Wooyoung murmured. Tension filled me, no matter how hard I tried, I couldnât get myself to relax.
Obscene kissing sounds filled the room and I couldn't help but be saddened at the kiss I tried very hard to preserve. I felt Wooyoung's tongue trying to probe my mouth open and out of surprise, I opened my mouth to accommodate him.
"Very good," he hummed in approval in between kisses. "You can use your tongue, as well."
He was very patient with it. After a while, he taught me how to kiss back, what to do, and what not to do, and he kept complimenting me in between. I was suddenly glad that it was Wooyoung and not Yunho doing this with me. I opened my eyes momentarily and saw Yunho looking at us, or rather, just me. Suddenly, a burst of confidence went through me and a great urge to do well boosted me, but not for Wooyoung. I wanted to please Yunho, because he was watching.
Wooyoung groaned softly when I bit his lip and I felt his erection press against my thigh. His hands began roaming against my body, reaching lower until they reached my hips. "That's enough, Wooyoung," Yunho commanded, his voice cold and uncaring.
The latter pulled away and leaned his forehead against mine, but not before giving me another peck on my lips and then my head. "You did good, Y/N. You're going to be fine," Wooyoung tucked my hair behind my ears, surprising me.
He turned around and bowed to Yunho, who was now standing and staring. "Your Highness."
"Get out."
Wooyoung hesitated, but gave in and left the room. I was apprehensive, lost in thought, when I felt another body replace Wooyoung in between my thighs. I looked up, and I really had to look up, and saw Yunho staring down at me. He leaned down, just like Wooyoung did. "Well done," he whispered. "I have to reward you for being good, so you have to be good all the time."
My mind went haywire. My father never exercised the reward system. I had so many questions, but mostly, I was just afraid he'd hurt me. "Tomorrow, I instructed Seonghwa and Yeosang to go into town to extract some jewelry," Yunho said. "You will go with them to discern if they're real or fake. You know how to distinguish them, yes?"
I nodded, not knowing where this was going. "Splendid," he hummed. "Mingi will accompany you, consider that as free time. But mark my words, I will burn this city down just to find you if you escape. Don't be a fool."
"I understand, Sir," I mumbled, confused if this was a trap or not so he can finally have an excuse to kill me.
Yunho stared at me for a minute or two longer before he withdrew himself and walked away. "You're excused."
That night, I spent the whole time thinking about what just happened. Besides my disdain about my tradition being squashed, I was left wondering if that trip with the Dukes tomorrow was the reward he was talking about. It was certainly odd, was he being lenient on me? That was a reward in itself.
The next day, I found out what he truly meant. It was how I found myself in the town square walking in between Dukes Yeosang and Seonghwa and trailing behind us was a grumpy Mingi. "Try to keep this on, please," Seonghwa fixed the hood that covered my face a bit. "We can't risk you being seen out here."
Temporary freedom. I understand why I was here, the town was beautiful - Dune was beautiful in general. I adjusted the hood myself and tried to look around in fascination. On the outside, Aurora looked like this as well. The main difference was the people of Dune looked happy and were happy. The facade was so obvious back home that it hurts my heart to remember it as we walked past the town, but I was happy that people here found the happiness that my father stole once.
"Right there," Yeosang pointed out somewhere that I didn't even bother looking at. "They should be in there."
The four of us went inside this tavern, the type that was closed during the mornings. Seonghwa led us to the back part of the place and there were two people who looked like thugs waiting for us.
"Who's that?" a gruff voice pointed at me. Seonghwa bought his arm protectively in front of me when they tried to pull my cloak off.
"She will be your ticket to live," the Grand Duke glared. "Because if the gems are fake, I will personally slit your throats."
The thugs glared back but didn't say anything back. Instead, they grabbed their pouch and presented them to all of us. Seonghwa grabbed it, took one good look, before giving it for me to inspect. I was a bit surprised to find various gems of various sizes. There were the obvious diamonds, emeralds, sapphires, but I was surprised to see lesser valued stones, which were still considered expensive but definitely not ones that royals would own. My eyes gleamed when I saw amethysts and pearls, my personal favourites, but frowned when I stared closer. I did what I could, touch them, feel them to gauge my thoughts.
"Well?" Yeosang asked when he saw me frown.
I took a deep breath before I spoke. "Everything but the amethysts were real."
"Impossible!" the thugs seethed at me, charging fast before anybody could stop them. "You lying whore! I ought to---wait, you look familiar."
My blood ran cold but I tried to remain calm. "I-I know nothing--"
Mingi pulled me back as Seonghwa drew his sword to point it at the oncoming thugs. "Swindling bastards," he scoffed. "The amethyst was the one we were looking for too..."
It was in slow motion, one minute everybody was arguing about the fake amethyst and the next, my cloak was being pulled off unknowingly, therefore, blowing my cover. "You're that princess!" the thugs exclaimed in surprise and disgust.Â
It was too late before they could be stopped, they began charging at full speed as they hollered for the other thugs. I was frozen, never in my life have I experienced something like this.
"Son of a bitch," Yeosang hissed as he snatched the forgotten pouch. "This was their plan all along, what now?"
Seonghwa looked conflicted before he made a split decision. "Run."
I was pushed harshly by someone and I ran along with everyone as fast as I could. I took a peek behind us and saw no less than ten people chasing us down. It was definitely the adrenaline, I could never run like this in normal circumstances. I screamed loudly when I felt my dress being pulled back, halting me abruptly from running. I wasn't sure if I was loud enough, but apparently I was because in a second, Mingi swung his sword down my dress and ripped it apart from the thugs.
"Let's go!" he shouted at me. He pulled and launched me in front of him in a hurry and I thought we were doing well. I heard a groan of pain and saw that Mingi's lower leg was bleeding from what looked like an arrow graze. I halted and tried to run back to him, but he glared at me fiercely.
I nodded and ran, realizing that Seonghwa and Yeosang were separated from us, but at this point, I couldn't really care about it. I just hope they were safe. Soon enough, the both of us were able to hide in a narrow alleyway. We stayed unmoved, not breathing, and nervous as we hid. When we were sure that they were truly gone, we finally let out a long sigh of relief and slumped against the wall.
"Thank you," I breathed out towards the knight. He doesn't respond, he doesn't even spare me a glance. I frowned, my eyes trailing down his bleeding leg. "That looks bad," I whispered.
He raised a brow and finally turned to me. "Maybe because it is," Mingi snapped. I was used to this type of treatment so at this point I was immune to it. I stood up and his eyes followed my form as I began to lift up my dress. His shocked expression was the last thing I saw before he turned around. "What are you doing?!" he hissed, his ears red.
I ripped a part of my already torn dress into a strip and leaned down next to him. "Stick your leg out, please."
I tried to put my hands forward and he jerked away. "Don't you dare touch me," he snarled lowly at me and for a second, I hesitated. "Please, it's my fault--"
"I'll do it and, what, you're going to poison me?"
"No! I mean, no. If I do, feel free to kill me," I pleaded. "Just give me a chance, I-I won't bother you again if you say no."
He contemplated for a few minutes. Surprisingly, he does as he was told, finally realizing my intentions. He watched as I skillfully wrapped the cloth on his leg enough to stop the blood and hopefully avoid any infections. "You are surprisingly good with this," he commented with the softest tone I've heard him speak towards me when he realized I wasn't going to hurt him.
"Let me know if it's too tight," I let out a small smile, completely ignoring his probing look.
There was silence on his end as he stared at me calculatingly. "Thank you," Mingi finally uttered, the traces of spite I was so used to seeing on him when looked at me gone for now.
"W-Wait, you're not supposed to," I tried to stop him when he stood up and stretched his injured leg.
Mingi shrugged. "We have to go back," he stated. "The King will punish you if you're not back yet."
"I don't care," I frowned. His eyes widened slightly. "You're injured, we can stay a bit."
He chuckled and began walking anyway. "No offense, but I've been to war. A graze to the leg isn't going to kill me."
I blushed in embarrassment. He was right, how could I forget that he led an entire military fleet?
When we walked back to the carriage that took us here, Seonghwa and Yeosang were already there, the relief in their faces disappearing when they saw Mingi's bleeding leg and my torn dress. We filled each other in on what happened and I was glad to know that the two of them were able to lose the thugs pretty quickly.Soon enough, we reached the palace and I felt a little sad. I was about to go back to my reality here and I wasn't ready.Â
"Thank you for what you did with Mingi," Seonghwa chatted while we all walked towards my quarters.
"Y-You're thanking me?" I asked a little bit in surprise.
"Of course," Yeosang frowned, then the realization hit him. "What you did was still worth praise, whether you are a princess or not."
For the first time, I smiled brightly. I forgot how good it felt when people appreciated you rather than speak you with contempt. Mingi was about to say something, but we were interrupted by a panicked looking San approaching us. "What's the matter?" Mingi asked instead.
"You're late," San sighed tiredly. "And he's angry."
Alarm bells started going off in my brain. One thing that I noticed before everyone else even told me was that Yunho was very strict in his time management. It's the one thing that gets him automatically angry when things deviate from said time. And with that, the three of us ventured to the royal chamber. I was outright shaking at every step I took. The King's room was at the isolated part of the palace and from a distance, we all could hear raised voices and some stuff getting thrown off and hitting hard surfaces.
When Yeosang opened the door, the room was in slight disarray, the obvious culprit was the seething King glaring at the three of us as his chest rose up and down in anger. The Second Prince was sitting cross-legged at the couch looking the most relaxed as if he was so used to seeing his older brother lose his temper often. Yeosang walked towards him and whispered something in his ears. It was tense as Yunho continued glaring at me specifically. I'm surprised I haven't dropped dead yet by how hard he was looking at me. Jongho's brows raised slightly as he took a glance at my torn dress and Mingi's leg before nodding and following Yeosang out of the room.
"Just think about what I said," Jongho voiced out before completely leaving the room. Then it was three. It reminded me of my very first time setting foot in this room, Mingi had been there to watch the scene unfold before he dragged me to the quarters. That day felt like a fever dream.
"Close the fucking door," Yunho uttered after a few tense minutes. I was about to move and do as told when he stopped me. "Not you," he hissed. "Come here."
The prominent veins bulging on his temples made me swallow the saliva I hadn't noticed collecting from the hollows of my mouth. His face and tone did not give away his emotion, but I knew for a fact that this was the angriest I have ever seen him since I had met him. "Convince me," Yunho taunted after he sat on the couch where Jongho was earlier. "Convince me not to kill you right now."
I bunched my unkempt dress in my fists because of how scared I was. It doesn't escape the King's attention and he purses his lips in displeasure.
"It's not her fault," Mingi jumped in when he saw my eyes wavering. "Not entirely anyway."
He took a moment to stare at our state - how disheveled we both were - but he didn't seem to care. He turns to the Head Knight with narrowed eyes. "Walk away," he said calmly, too calmly.Â
"But---"
"Now."
Mingi took one good look at Yunho and with a dejected sigh, he quietly left the chambers. I felt a mix of fear, comfort, and assurance. Mingi and I weren't buddies by all means but it was the first time somebody had directly defended me in front of the King and it was refreshing.
"Let me explain for all of us," I said out loud. I wasn't sure where that burst of confidence was coming from, but it felt good. I felt like I was a princess again after so long.
Yunho raised a brow, eyes slowly morphing from surprise to anger. "No."
At the end of the day, I was still afraid of him overall. "S-Sir, with all due respect I just wanted to explain---"
"Whatever happens outside that doesn't involve me directly, I have no concern, no power over it, slave. You best wise up because I am losing my patience with you," Yunho stated with no expression. I shuffled my feet, my heart stilling when I realized that after all of this, I still can't face up to him. One word and I know he will either have me executed or just finish me off, himself. "You do realize that I tolerate you simply because I'm not ready to kill you yet?" Yunho roughly lifted my chin up so I could meet his eyes. "The goal is to slowly break you, yes?"
Tears began to pool at the corner of my eyes. That look in his eyes, it was the same look my father had when he was about to do something very sinister. I began to whimper when he started to lean down again, but instead of the usual stolen kisses, he leaned down my ear. "I'll let you in on a little secret," he whispered. "I know everything that goes around. Including what happened. I even knew the amethysts were fake."
Everything clicked all at once. He didn't need me to verify if the gemstones were real or not - he just wanted to see if I was capable of following the rules and not escape once I'm given the opportunity. "However," he leaned away. "You do need to be punished. You were late, but you know what?"
I looked at him expectantly and he continued. "There was a small part of me that wishes you did disobey me. I would have had a reason to kill you for good."
He tucked my hair out from my face behind my ear with the coldest look in his eyes. Shivers traveled down my spine when he traced my now exposed collarbone lightly. "Don't you think it would be a shame if your skin gets branded?"
At first I didn't understand what he meant, but when it hit me, all the blood started traveling up to my head and effectively giving me intense nausea. I started to beg. "P-Please don't---"
"Why not?" he sarcastically asked. He unbuttoned his shirt - or rather, he pulled roughly on it and the buttons loosened - and set a section of his shirt aside to reveal a nasty burn on his smooth, otherwise flawless skin. "We have to get even somehow."
Horror replaced my expression of fear and terror. My father branded and burned his skin as a form of torture. I swallowed as I looked at the scarred area, finally understanding the extent of his anger and hatred towards me. He must've been through a lot. "So, how about it, Y/N?" Yunho buttoned his shirt back. "The goal is to slowly break you, yes?"
Acceptance passed through me, and I felt like I was separated from my body. "Go ahead. I-I don't hate you," I blurted out.
His brows shot up in amusement. "Interesting. Why?"
I bit my lip, hesitating if I should tell him or not, but it was too late to back out at this point. "I don't want to give you more power than you deserve over me. I simply don't care about you, even though I know why you're doing this to me."
In an instant, I regretted my decision. Yunho's face slowly transformed from neutral to pure hatred in a couple of seconds. His entire face reddens in anger and I yelped when he grabbed my arm and began dragging me roughly towards his side of the room and threw me on his bed. He hovered over me quickly. His eyes were becoming so red from anger and the usual scowl in his face was getting deeper and deeper. My heart sank, he was so beautiful even when he was on the brink of going insane with rage. "You're going to submit to me," he gritted his teeth as he seethed in anger. "Consider this another lesson, you know what I'm going to do to you right now?"
I shook my head frantically when he started to blindfold me. He barked at me loudly to stay still and my body just froze in complete fear. The blindfold had completely darkened my sight and all my pleas were getting ignored. I felt Yunho get off of me and I heard him walk towards the far end of the room. When your sight is taken out, all the other senses become even stronger.
"You can thank your father for the wonderful scar he gave me," Yunho's voice was coming from the very front of the bed. I heard metal clinking against one another and my body froze in realization. âBut Iâm not going to,â he whispered. "Open your eyes."
"W-Why?" I whispered.
"Your father made me into the monster that I am, this is just a taste, but I wouldn't do it to my worst enemy."
He stood up and urged me to follow him. I wiped my tears and got up to follow him. I have nothing to lose at this point. I followed him towards the section of his chambers I haven't been before and was a bit surprised to find shelves upon shelves of books. I stared in awe, my father never let me read, but it never stopped me from sneaking out and learning anyway.
"Pick one and take it," Yunho gestured to the shelves. "And pick well. You won't have this opportunity again."
"How did you know I can read?" I asked, my voice scratchy.
"I just do. Hurry up before I change my mind."
It didn't take a while for me to decide what I wanted. There was this specific book I've always wanted to read but I couldn't because it wasn't accessible to just anyone. I looked around and found exactly what I wanted. I tiptoed to reach it because unfortunately, it was perched very high. Figures. The owner of the book was a foot taller than me. My cheeks warmed when I felt heat directly behind me. I looked up to see Yunho, his arms outstretched. I couldn't help but stare at him. He had such sharp yet delicate features at the same time. Subjectively and objectively, there was no denying that he was beautiful. He was the dark, melancholic type of beauty.
"Divine Comedy," Yunho raised his brow as he handed me the book. "Interesting choice."
I nodded, not knowing what to say. "Thank you for the book, Sir."
Yunho hummed in response, his eyes held no expression as usual. He took one look at me before walking towards the door. "Organize my suits and pair them with my pants according to your liking. I'm not sure what time I'll be back, but I'll send someone if I don't."
He was like this. Sometimes, he would ask me to do odd jobs for him here and there, like he didn't just threaten me. I had a sneaking suspicion that it was so I didn't even think of escaping - not that I could, his chambers were heavily guarded - but I digress. I did what I was told. It was easier than I thought since Yunho seemed to be a very organized person, himself. I couldn't help but realize how much I've memorized the way he wanted certain things - he did like blue a lot, disliked velvet, and the little things that went unnoticed by many.
But so far, I haven't been asked to work somewhere else. Mostly, I would just stay in my quarters or Yunho would call me out for certain things. The other maids and servants had found ways to sabotage me. The last time I was out, I was asked to do the laundry, but the servants locked me in the drying room. Yunho almost executed me on the spot even though it wasn't my fault. I got distracted and I opened the book given to me. It had been a while since I felt like myself again and I was doing anything to preserve the little happiness I had right now before it went away again.
"Wow," I exclaimed in awe as I turned the book from page to page, genuinely excited to be able to finally read again.
I sat on Yunho's bed, biting my lip in apprehension. It was just a few moments and a couple of pages before I went back to work again. Besides, he said he wasn't going to come back, right?
For once in my life, I wanted to give in and just do what I wanted, and so I did. Yunho's bed was much softer than mine so the added comfort was giving me pure bliss as I continued reading on.
Soon enough, all the events that happened today were all forgotten as I got lost into another world that wasn't mine.
"How long do you think it's been?"
"I don't know, and I don't care."
"Really? You've never let any woman in your room, much less sleep on your bed, Yun."
"I didn't know you were so obsessed with me, Uncle."
"Don't call me that, brat. Anyway, should I wake her up?"
"No. Leave her alone."
It was one of those moments where it felt like my soul was separated from my body. I could hear everything, but for some reason, my brain wasn't connecting anything and my spirit wasn't waking up. I was aware that there were two voices, one of which was Yunho. All the fatigue caught up to me and I let myself fall back asleep once more.
This bed was the most comfortable thing I've ever been in. It wasn't the quality of it, the one I had back home was softer and bigger, but the solace it brought upon me, though I never understand why.Â
"You didn't finish your chores."
I squeezed my eyes shut before I sat up. There was no point in pretending since he knows anyway. Yunho didn't even bother to look at me, he was busy writing on a parchment and reading a book at the same time. "I apologize, Your Highness."
I realized my mistake when he paused a bit. Yunho had never told me to call him anything other than 'Sir' before, and surprisingly, he didn't comment on it. "Apologies won't get them done," he grumbled. "I didn't mean to sleep on your bed," I moved to take the blanket off. "I'll just---"
He put a hand up to halt me. "Stay. I need to ask you a few questions."
I nodded, unconsciously grabbing the blanket and wrapping myself around it. I felt a little exposed, though I'm sure Yunho would never look at me in that way, but the way he was looking at me right now, it left me a bit unnerved.
"Anyway, it's time for you to give your dues."
I was confused, but I let him talk anyway. "I need to permanently end your father's reign," his eyes turned stony for a moment. "And you're my ticket to that. For now, find something to do and come back here within three hours."
Right. That was what this was about anyway - at the end of the day, I was nothing but my father's daughter. Without being told, I got up and started to make the bed. I was starting to get better at it as time went by but I still wasn't good at it. I could feel Yunho's eyes follow my every move and it was slightly uncomfortable but nothing unmanageable.
"Get out, Y/N," he said without sparing me another glance.
This is where it gets tricky, my first instinct was to always go to the gardens, but the moment I stepped in, everybody literally glared at me. "No shame at all, princess?" People would snort at me.
Same with the kitchen and all the other sections I can think of. Without any other choice, I decided to walk my way towards a place I've been putting off for a while. I just hope that the person I'm looking for was there. I took a deep breath before knocking on the wooden infirmary wooden door. Luckily for me, Yeosang was there, but so was another person.
"Y/N? Are you hurting somewhere?" Yeosang frowned as he slowly made his way towards me.
I smiled. He was genuinely thoughtful towards me and I couldn't help but like him. "No, he sent me to do stuff but..."
He nodded his head in understanding. "How long do you have?"
"A couple of hours, I-I just, uhm..."
Yeosang quickly held my shoulders and led me to sit on his station. "Don't worry, I'll find something. He was just leaving," he gestured to the man he was with. "By the way, this Kim Hongjoong, he was visiting from Wonderland. Hongjoong, this is..."
That name sounded extremely familiar. I was pretty sure my father had mentioned it once or twice.Â
Sensing Yeosang's hesitation, Hongjoong cleared his throat. "I know," he shook his head. "It's quite a shame, I know why he's imprisoning you and I get it."
He sighed. "But you are not your father. The princess of Aurora has no business being here."
My heart fluttered, but I couldn't relish the feeling. The fact of the matter is, I was here and nothing I could do was able to change anything. "I-I appreciate it," I gave him a tight smile.
Hongjoong patted my shoulders. "To suffer is to find meaning in the suffering. Be strong." He walked out to leave. I frowned, his voice sounded awfully familiar too - the tone, the diction. I let it slide for now and focused on today's agenda. Yeosang was nice enough to let me clean around even though I didn't need to. It was embarrassing, he had to teach me how to do them. Soon enough, hours passed and I had to go back. "Thank you very much for helping me out," I bowed. "I-I don't want you to get in trouble for being associated with me."
"Don't worry," Yeosang brushed off. "Here, give this to him when you go back so he's in a good mood."
He handed me a scroll that was carefully held together by a thin thread. "This is just intel. Political stuff."
After saying more thanks and more promises that I'll go back to either him or San for more work, I waved him goodbye and went back to Yunho. "Right on time, Y/N. Well done," the latter praised without even bothering to look up from his work. I frowned, has he been working the entire time I was gone to do some duties? I stood directly in front of his table and he didn't notice at first. "What's that?"
He was referring to the scroll. I gave it to him and he proceeded to read it. I couldn't even tell if it was good news or not, he always wore no expression on his face. "Mingi," Yunho called. The said man entered the room shortly and waited patiently. "Summon the Second Prince and the Grand Duke."
"S-Should I go to my chambers, Sir?" I stammered, my heart in my throat, when Mingi had left.
"No," he glanced at me once. "It shouldn't take long."
Minutes later, Prince Jongho came in with Wooyoung in tow. It was odd and I couldn't help but hold my breath as I stepped back to give them space. Yunho had never, ever let me stay before when he had to discuss anything involving the kingdom and right now, I didn't even know what to do.
"Well?" Yunho asked impatiently when nobody said a single word.
"Brother," Jongho stared at me pointedly. I cowered, his glare had the same quality that Yunho has, except his was deadlier. "Do you wish to proceed with her in the room?"
I sighed softly, between the two of them, the Second had always been more vocal about his hatred towards me, so this comes as no surprise anyway. "Why not? This has everything to do with her, no?" Yunho leaned over and looked at his brother with a challenge. "Or do you just have a habit of contradicting me every chance you get, Jongho?"
I know that look, and I hated it. It was rhetorical; he was waiting for you to fail so he could strike. It was what made him more terrifying than his brother or anyone else, for that matter. "You know that's not what I mean," Jongho gritted his teeth. "Her father---"
"I know who her father is," Yunho banged the table loudly with his fist, the sound of it making me jump up slightly. The silence in the room was deafening, even Wooyoung who was usually the one who deescalated everything didn't utter a single word.
"You should have been King, Jongho," Yunho smirked sarcastically, the veins on his neck almost popping in anger. "Having said that, my prisoner is perfectly capable of shutting her mouth. Come here, Y/N."
I was a deer in headlights. Why was he asking me to come over? I had no time to wonder, my feet had a mind of their own and started walking towards the King. I lowered my head when Jongho's glaring eyes followed my every move until I was directly in front of Yunho. "Sit down," he commanded. I was confused and looked around helplessly until Yunho shook his head and pointed at his lap. "Here."
My eyes widened and my face began to heat up wildly at the suggestion. He was such an enigma to me - one moment he would be this close to actually ending my life, and the other he would do things that confused my heart. I was used to his humiliation and unfortunately, everyone else was also used to Yunho doing so. It wouldn't be the first time in front of Wooyoung, but it would be in front of Jongho. I sat gingerly on Yunho's thigh, my cheeks reddening gradually in an intimate position.
"See?" Yunho mocked as he snaked his arm around my waist. "She's such a good girl."
Both Wooyoung and Jongho's face wore an initial shock and they turned their heads to avoid looking at me and the King. I know why he was doing this - it was to show that I do whatever it is that is told of me, no matter how humiliating and degrading it was. This was how he was. He had no problem dehumanizing me. I just had no idea how far he'd go sometimes. What's more is that it was also to keep everyone in check. Right now, Wooyoung and Jongho looked extremely uncomfortable.
I yelped when Yunho lifted my waist a little to position me properly on his lap and my buttocks was directly above his nether regions. My breath kept hitching at every single move and I could have sworn I stopped breathing when he leaned my back towards his chest, the heat of him directly seeping onto me. "Proceed," he commanded. It was one word, yet it held so much weight. I shuddered when his warm breath tickled my skin. He chuckled softly.
The hesitation was clear on Wooyoung's face, but he cleared his throat and proceed to the talk about all the affairs, specifically about Aurora, and alternated speaking with Jongho. They were still uncomfortable, but I could tell they were ignoring what was happening just so they could get out of the room quickly. "You're going to be good and stay still, right?" Yunho whispered on my ear low enough so only I could hear.
I squirmed and tried to turn away but his dark eyes held me captive. I nodded slightly and he gave me a lazy smirk. A zing of pleasure shot through me, I have never seen Yunho's face do anything other than frown or scowl.
"Tell me all of the infrastructural damage and the cost," Yunho stated, his lips getting dangerously close to my neck.
"Right away," Jongho grumbled, clearly displeased at the scene unfolding before him, and began to recite everything.
I couldn't concentrate on any of what they were talking about, my heart was about to leap out of my chest and I was afraid that I couldn't catch it. I bit my lip hard when he leaned in and placed his lips on my neck. Something stirred inside of me as his mouth moved slowly and surely as if he had done this before. I made eye contact with Wooyoung but he just turned away, his face holding extreme discomfort. I gripped my dress tightly in my hands when I felt him lightly suck on a certain part of my skin and wetness pooled down my core. It was an unexplainable feeling and I wasn't sure if I liked it or not. I let out a tiny whimper and everybody freezes. Yunho pulls away and I shut my eyes in pure embarrassment.
"Get out," Yunho growled lowly. It was all Jongho and Wooyoung needed. They both ran out of the room in record time as if something terrible was chasing them down. Yunho took one good look at me and demanded. "Get on the bed, Y/N."
Shivers worked down my spine as I quickly got off him and climbed towards the bed. Soon enough, the bed dipped down and then his body blanketed over me. He suddenly grabbed my hair and my eyes automatically swelled with hot tears. But I felt no fear. I didn't understand what I was feeling, but it wasn't fear.
And then we were kissing. Or rather, he was claiming my lips. That one lesson I had with Wooyoung did nothing to prepare me with his onslaught. Yunho was rough, there was no emotion behind the gesture. His goal was to take what he wants without giving me anything in return.Â
"You can do better than this," he murmured, my bottom lips between his.
Tears filled my eyes, but my heart soared. I was so confused about what I was feeling and it was making me extremely emotional. I felt my head grow weary with the realization of what I was feeling, though I wasn't too sure. That 'lesson' with Wooyoung did nothing to prepare me for this. I let out a small moan when his tongue started to play with mine, much to my shame and helplessness. There was not any sound or grunt from him.
And then he just stopped. He leaned his forehead on mine and I breathed his scent in. It was a mistake because I knew I would look for it from now on and I can't just get it when I wanted - no, needed - it. He got off and laid down next to me, his eyes watching me, and I watching him in return.
"You are my prisoner and you should never forget that," he rasped. My heart was in my throat and I was about to apologize, when he continued. "But today, I'm going to pretend you are not."
I was too sleepy to comprehend anything, my body was slowly giving out because it was like Yunho sucked my soul out of me with his onslaught. I realized that he, too, looked worn out. I wanted to say something, anything, but the fatigue was slowly catching up to me.
"Sleep," he whispered. As I slowly fell into a slumber, I felt an arm pull me closer to a warm body. Yunho felt warm, I needed his warmth. I craved it, and I don't understand why.
"These are actually beautiful, you did a great job," San smiled as I led him through the garden and showed him the strip of flowers I planted. "You have talent for this, Y/N."
"Thank you," I giggled daintily. "It's all because of you I was able to work in the gardens."
It's been closer to a year now ever since Aurora had been conquered and I was imprisoned as collateral. Lately, I've been working mostly in the royal gardens after the old caretaker had passed away. Most of the servants did not understand the language of flowers so I took it upon myself to take over. Well, San pulled a few strings.
"I have to get going now," San sighed. "The King sent me to Wonderland for some business, I'm afraid you won't be able to see me for a couple of months."
I nodded in understanding. "Take care. Would you please kindly tell Kim Hongjoong my greetings?"
I don't see Hongjoong a lot but he does come visit often. I've yet to figure out how I knew him from before, I still haven't figured it out, but he's been a wonderful company; very different from all the hate I've been receiving.
"Oof!"
I groaned in surprise when a child no older than four stumbled onto the ground, but not before accidentally hitting my legs. I quickly got down on my knees and helped the poor child. "Are you okay?" I asked worriedly and dusted off the dirt from her clothes.
"I-I'm lost, I can't find my mommy," the little child's lips quivered as small tears fell from her chubby cheeks.
"You poor thing," I cooed. "Come, why don't we look for your mommy?"
I quickly held the little girl's small hands into mine as we ventured off. The royal garden was vast, it took me a while to get used to it too and got lost on multiple occasions as well. I took her to the exit where all the servants gathered, and sure enough, one particular woman was frantically running around and asking people if they had seen a child wander off that was no older than four years old. When she saw me, her face went pale as a ghost even as her child slowly ran off to her mother's embrace. She quickly ran to me and bowed repeatedly, leaving me aghast.
"I'm so sorry about my child, Aurorean princess!" the mother cried out. "Please don't punish us!"
It was as if my chest had been hit with something heavy. It hurt to see that my father had left these people with long lasting impressions of trauma that they were not able to leave behind so easily. I felt a sense of remorse, even though I knew that none of this was my fault. "It's Y/N," I offered her a small, tight smile. "I am no longer a princess. Your child got lost and I was hoping we'd find you here."
Her mouth dropped open in disbelief and apprehension filled her expression. I can't say I blame her, but it never meant that none of this hurt. I bent down eye level to the now smiling child as she held onto her mother's dress. "Here, take it," I gave her a pink rose. "I really like this flower, can you keep it safe for me?"
The child happily accepted the rose and I bowed slightly to the mother before I walked off. "Good day, miss."
It was odd how one gesture set off everything. As I walked away, I couldn't help but hear the gasps of surprise and all the whispers I heard along the way.
"That's her, right? That prisoner princess?"
"I thought for sure she was going to punish everyone here!"
"Why is she not acting like her bastard father?"
That day set off something I never, ever expected when I first came here. One day, a group of people from the kitchen approached me and asked if I wanted to try and make food for the servants. "Of course," I smiled brightly. I could see the shocked expressions on their faces when I agreed. "Lead the way."
I had the best meal of my life in that kitchen, not because of the food, but because of the company I had. It was interesting, the crazy part was that I helped that child because I wanted to. It started a spiral of events, and soon enough, I was able to walk through the halls with less glares and most acceptance from the servants.
Joy filled my heart every night before I went to bed at the thought of me and most of the servants getting along. I learned their stories, apologized profusely on behalf of my father. I will never get used to their dumbfounded expression, but it was worth it if I gained a companion or two afterwards. It just intensified all the anger and hatred I had against my father. These were innocent people, he had no business killing for his own gain, torture people for more monetary gain. It was sick, and it made my stomach churn at the thought.
Suddenly, in came the Head Knight. Everyone bowed and he did the same. "Y/N," he began. "The King requests for you."
This was another thing I never expected. "You're getting along with everyone pretty well," Mingi stated as we walked along the familiar halls of the palace. "I'm glad."
"I love the people," I said truthfully. "Everyone seems so full of life and full of love, regardless of what everyone has been through."
Mingi gave me a genuine smile. "Now you understand why Yunho is the way he is with this kingdom." He opened the door for me and ushered me to get in. "Thank you very much, Mingi. I will see you around."
"Sit down," Yunho ordered the moment the door was closed.
I did as told and he gave me a scroll and a quill to write with. I looked at him confused until he spoke up. "What's your writing proficiency?"
I hesitated, but he most likely knew the answer already. He just needed to hear it from me. "I can rival scholars, My King."
He hummed, satisfied. He handed me a couple of books. "These are both about Dune and Aurora," he explained. "Find common ground and write them so I can compare them with each other. Questions?"
"No," I shook my head. "Thank you for the opportunity, Sir..."
He didn't respond and I didn't know what to say anyway so I kept my mouth shut. I began reading and scribbling what I could, slower than I thought since I haven't done anything academic in over a year by now. We worked in silence, and it was much appreciated since there were some things I had to translate, but I tried my best to concentrate and put a lot of effort into every word I did.
He was a good and wise king, he did what was best for his people and it was what my father hated about him the most. It had become a habit for me the more Yunho had summoned me to do more writing.
"For what do I have a prisoner for if you're not going to do some actual work in here?" Yunho would always bite back whenever I always asked him why. He was an intelligent man, I'd come to figure out. He was very eloquent with his writing, very meticulous and well-versed. Not to mention that my heart would always skip a beat whenever I glanced at him while he wrote some more.
"Sorry to bother, Sir, but I don't know what this means," I frowned as I lifted up the manuscript.
"Let me see," Yunho beckoned me over with a wave of a hand. He took one look at it. "Those are symbols of an old language. You need another source to translate."
It had become a favourite activity of mine and I always looked forward to it everyday. There were no words between us, no mockery, no harsh words, and I wasn't a prisoner even for a minute. "This isn't right," I mumbled a little louder than I thought. I covered my mouth when I realized what I did, but it was too late. Yunho was already staring at me.
"What isn't?"
I blushed in embarrassment and the sudden attention. "Your Highness, I-I just translated something really awful in my point of view." He urged me to continue. "The suffering of the common people," I gulped. "A transliteration of how."
He stared at me for a moment. I couldn't read his expression so I wasn't sure if he was angry or not. "And what about it?"
"The monarchy is meant for the people, for the people. What would be their other purpose? I-I understand that they're there for order, but why are the people still suffering?"
Yunho stared at me with a demeanor I couldn't read, but then again, he was never an open book. Or at least, not yet. I held his eye contact, unblinking. He breaks it, nodding painfully slow. He sighed. "The rules arenât run by us. This world was built on hate and has always been morally bankrupt," Yunho explained. "If it was the opposite, you wouldn't be here."
It was such a morbid point of view yet it was so realistic. He hummed. "And you with the righteous mind. There were many before you, yet the natural evil that is human nature slowly takes over. What makes you so different?"
There was so much to admire about this man yet I don't know where to begin. His words were always this force that always made me want to listen to him - he was that compelling. The fact that he was aware of the vulnerability of the world was so compassionate, but I knew it was born from the suffering that was my father.
No other words need be spoken. I resumed working on whatever Yunho gave me, concentrating on the work because deep inside, I wanted to please him. I didn't let anything disturb me, not the taunts of some nobles coming in and out, not Seonghwa commenting in surprise on how pretty my handwriting was, and not even when I was told to stop. I gave Yunho the scroll I filled out so he could inspect it. My hands were aching by the time I was done, but it was absolutely worth it.
He stared at me intensely and I couldn't help but flush under his gaze. "Come here," he commanded softly. I did as told. "Would you like to stop writing or do you wish to continue?" Yunho asked. His eyes said everything, he was waiting for me to say no.
"I would like to continue if it's okay, My King," I answered. Yunho nodded. His usual expression of disdain was nowhere to be seen and there was something in his eyes - tenderness. He sat up and lowered my body a little and I closed my eyes out of reflex, but mostly because I was scared I'd do something I'd regret if I looked at him.
"Good," Yunho I heard him say. And then, he kissed my forehead softly. Butterflies flipped my stomach upside down. I could hardly believe what was happening. I expected a lot from Jeong Yunho, but certainly not this. His lips lingered and I savoured the feeling. It was worth it. "T-Thank you, Sir," I stammered.
"Continue writing," Yunho pulled away as if nothing had happened. But I couldn't concentrate on anything after.
 I still felt his lips on my skin and the very thought of it jumbled my mind into a frenzy. It went on like that until late at night. I felt my body giving up and a small yawn escaped from my lips. My eyes kept closing in on me but I caught myself before they fully closed for the night. I could feel Yunho's eyes on me and I was concerned if he was going to say anything, but he kept on watching. I decided to let my head rest a bit and leaned on the table. It was a mistake, all the exhaustion came crawling onto me and sleep went in and out of my system.Â
"Who's out there?" I heard Yunho's voice call out.
I heard the door creak open and close but the sleepiness had rendered my body weak. "Yun?" a voice answered back. I knew it was Seonghwa again. It was fascinating, everybody dropped the honorifics when they thought nobody was around to listen.
"Carry her to bed."
I felt myself being carried and I welcomed the warmth Seonghwa had provided me. He started walking, but Yunho's voice sounded again. "Not her bed, Hwa. Mine."
"Oh?" Seonghwa was confused, but he did as told anyway. He laid me down on the familiar bed and I automatically inhaled the scent the sheets had to offer me. "Good enough?"
"You may leave."Â
There it was, the stony edge on his voice. It was what I was used to. But it was like the universe had other plans for both of us. I felt the bed dip and Yunho's voice would be the last thing I heard before I completely fell asleep. "I should have killed you a long time ago before you started messing with my head."Â
It was, without a doubt, the most peaceful sleep I have ever had in my entire twenty-three years of living. When I woke up the next day, I felt myself being shaken awake. At first, I thought it was Yunho finally getting sick of my insolence and kicking me out but, instead, two familiar faces met my eyes.
"Yeosang?" I sat up so quickly that I started to get a migraine. "Hongjoong? What are you guys doing?"
I was about to rub the sleep off my eyes but I frowned when I realized that my hands were bandaged. I looked at Yeosang in affection. A thought suddenly passed me and I turned to Hongjoong. "Does this mean San is back if you're here?"
"Of course," Hongjoong smiled. He paused for a bit. "I told him not to come here. I...wanted to talk to you about something. I'll make it quick before my nephew comes back."
My brows rise in confusion and a bit of paranoia. "I-I'm just a prisoner, there's nothing I could help you with," I nervously said. "Do I know your nephew?"
Hongjoong and Yeosang look at each other. "You don't know?" Yeosang asked in disbelief. I shook my head, thoroughly confused now. I took a good look at Hongjoong and that sense of familiarity comes back to me. I realized that he looks slightly familiar, too.
"Your King is my nephew," Hongjoong began to explain. "The former king, Yunho and Jongho's father, was my eldest brother. We had different mothers, however. My father had me late because of his...peculiar hobbies."
My mind began to shut down, and perhaps it was the shock. Now I know who this man was and why he's so familiar. I quickly stood up from the bed and bowed low at Hongjoong repeatedly and in panic. "Forgive my insolence, Your Majesty of Wonderland! I am terribly---"
Hongjoong - or rather, the honourable ruler of Wonderland - chuckled and urged me to sit back down on the bed. "I'm not like that. Plus, I owe you something, do you recall?"
I nodded at him and then slightly shook my head, signaling that I do remember, but I refuse to talk about it right now. He seemed to take the hint and quickly changed the subject before Yeosang questioned us both. "Right, now that's settled," he cleared his throat. "I'll be straight with you, you don't belong here, so I'm going to get you out of here."
You could hear a pin drop with how silent the room had become. Did I hear him correctly? "I-I'm sorry?"
"Yeo, go watch out for that brat," Hongjoong cocks his head towards the door. Yeosang took the hint and left.
"Please tone it down," I yelped. "I-I don't want you to get punished..."
Hongjoong blinked at me before laughing. "Don't worry, Yunho won't do anything. He can try. Your concern is appreciated though."
I frowned, unconvinced. For the whole year I've been with Yunho, I could tell that he will retaliate if anybody crosses him. He is very patient yet he has a short fuse. His unpredictability scares me sometimes. "You've been here for a year?" he asked. I nodded. "Yet that air of royalty never left you. When I first saw you here, I thought you were visiting as a princess. Imagine my surprise when I was told you were a prisoner of war."
"I don't understand," I frowned.
"Being royalty doesn't stop at status," Hongjoong softly said. "It's the way you talk, the way you walk, the way you move. Your blood never lies."
He paused. "You need to go back to Aurora. You're the only hope we have at this point."
My eyes widened at what he was trying to tell me. "B-But doesn't Dune own Aurora?"
"Yes and no," he explained. "Thun about it, why hasn't Yunho transitioned Aurora over to Dune? Aurora is about half a day away by horse carriage, it's not that far. You know the man he is, Y/N. When he wants something done, it will happen no matter how long it takes."
Hongjoong hit the nail on the coffin. I've been thinking about this for a while now but I was too afraid to bring it up to anyone.
"But he will do it," I sighed. "I've been working with him for a while now, there's official paperwork that says so."
"Which is why you have to go before that happens," he convinced, and by God, he is very good at it. "Please, Y/N, you are the queen Aurora needs to finish this damn war---"
"How?" I couldn't help but raise my voice. "Yunho owns me, don't you see it?"
"It's what I don't see," Hongjoong raised a brow. "He doesn't fully own you. You have no slave marking on."Â
I froze. I wanted to tell him that I didn't mean it that way and Yunho owns me in another sort of bind, but I keep my mouth shut. Of all the people in this world, I was the most aware of the slave collar. My father made everyone wear it. "Aren't you tired of this cycle, princess?" Hongjoong was getting agitated. "This imprisonment bullshit, it's a never ending cycle that won't stop until somebody steps up."
"But why me?" I exasperatedly question.
"Why not you?" Hongjoong retorted. "I am only one king, Y/N, and I cannot do this alone. I hate to bring this up, but the damage your father had inflicted, don't you want to stop it?"
I scoffed before I could stop myself. "Stop manipulating me."
Hongjoong smirked. "You see that sass and observation, Y/N? Imprisonment will never erase the royalty in you. All I want is simple, so as everyone who has suffered for so long," he practically begged. "You have my word that nobody will hurt you, all we want is for you to go back to Aurora and undo everything that's happened."
I narrowed my eyes on him. "We?"
A smirk threatens to spill from his lips but he covers it by clearing his throat. "Yes," he said. "There's people who want peace, and we're working towards it, but we need your cooperation."
I bit my lip, deep in thought. Well, that certainly changes things. "Do you have any idea what's going on with Aurora right now?" I asked, dreading the answer.
Hongjoong heaved a weighted sigh. "They need a permanent ruler," he whispered. "My people and yours have always worked in harmony. What your father did does not constitute Auroreans as a whole. They deserve peace too, you know that."
My heart sank. He didn't want to say it out loud, but he was basically saying that Aurora is currently in a state of disarray. A trickle of shame drops onto my soul. I got so used to being here that I fully accepted the fate handed to me. What happened to the strong Y/N who swore to always fight for what was right? Hongjoong only stared at me as I went through all the stages of grief and hesitation. So, escape, take over Aurora as its rightful ruler, and make peace with Dune. Simple, right?
Wrong. Yunho would kill me first.
"C-Can I think about it, at least?" I looked up at Hongjoong. "This is a little too much for me to take in right now..."
He nodded. "Of course, this is too sudden. I'm so sorry for bringing all of this upon you, princess. I really am."
"How would I tell you?" I followed Hongjoong as he went to the door.
He put a hand on my shoulder and smiled. "You'll know how to eventually."
I stood by the door for a lot longer than I intended to when Hongjoong had already left. I wanted to tell him, I really did, but how was I supposed to tell him that my hesitation is from my unwillingness to actually leave? I've grown attached to the people here, but the most dreadful out of them all, my want to serve and please Yunho has been growing by the minute.
On the other hand, my people back home are waiting for me. They were the people I lived for even after my imprisonment. Hongjoong's point was impossible to ignore - this cycle between wars and this never ending hate against one another has to stop. Suddenly, the room was suffocating. I decided to step out and walk around for fresh air. It was something I did when I needed to think.
I should get an opinion, but I didn't know who to ask, though. I didn't want to bother Yeosang anymore, San would be okay but I bet he's tired from his journey, Seonghwa would raise a brow at my insolence and Wooyoung might behead me. Mingi's a no-go since he's always with Yunho.I sighed, it looks like I have to Yeosang or San one more time. As I walked further and further, I realized that I had mistakenly gone into the forest-y area. I'd never ventured this far and now I was upset that I was lost.
"Looking for something, princess?"
Warning bells went off my head. That wasn't a familiar voice. I turned around and saw a couple of unknown men that had gathered, and they were all glaring at me. "If the King won't kill you, we will," one of them spat. "How dare you show your face in here after everything we've been through?!"
My heart pounded at the danger I was in. I knew there would still be people who despised me, but it still hurt to hear.
"Get her!"
Before I could do anything, two men grabbed my arms and started to drag me out in the open. "W-Wait, unhand me!"
My breathing turned from heaving to full on hyperventilation. Before I could scream, a rag was put in my mouth to gag me and my screams afterwards were swallowed into nothing. My insides quivered in fear when I was pushed down harshly, though I tried not to get intimidated. I groaned when my hair was grabbed and tugged roughly. "I can't wait to carve your face," one of the men hissed directly on my face. "You look so much like your father, it pisses me off."
The fire in my soul died at that very instant. Was this truly the end for me?
"Get down on your knees to beg and maybe we won't hurt you," one of them propositioned. Everyone laughed out loud at that statement. It was at the moment that my resolve hardened - there was no way I was going to sell my dignity, or what's little of it, right here. When they realized that I wasn't going to move, all hell broke loose. "You fucking bitch, come here!"
My eyes widened when I saw a glint of something metallic in the air, but it was too late. The pain was out of this world, never in my life would I have imagined that the very first time I'd see a dagger up closer was when it was digging into my skin. "Help, please!" I screamed momentarily when I spit the gag out.
They were taking turns carving my body up, until I just became numb to it. They got angrier when my scream stopped. Even Yunho wasn't this cruel.
Suddenly, a figure showed up at the very far end of the clearing. It was Prince Jongho. His face paled and his expression was aghast. I knew from that far it was obvious what was happening. And then, he just left. I smiled bitterly despite the pain. I don't even blame him because my father killed his brother in front of him. His hatred for me knows now bounds.
"What the fuck are you savages doing?! Stop what you're doing!"
Everything stopped in that moment as I felt the light slowly slipping away from my world. No, I knew I wasn't dying, it was perhaps my body shutting down due to extreme pain and trauma. I looked up to see everyone staring at none other than Wooyoung, another person who hated me with extreme intensity. Had he actually stopped these people from hurting me? I didn't understand. He marched over but a voice stopped him from moving.
"You're supposed to be knights, you motherfuckers, stand down!" Mingi's deep, angry voice boomed all throughout the clearing. His furious strides quickly reached us. I have never seen him this angry and it terrified me.
"My Prince, what are you doing here?" I heard Wooyoung's soft voiceÂ
"What do you think?" Jongho snapped. "I'm the one who called Mingi, I had to get Yunho too, fuck, he's going to get so pissed..."
So Jongho didn't leave after all. These three were the ones who hated me the most, and now they were here at my weakest moment. Mingi's angry voice was so loud that it attracted attention from other people. "You incredible fuckers, you know what I'm going to do to you all?!" he screamed. "Stick my fucking feet up your asses and walk around like you're flip-flops! Knights!"
A couple of other knights came in and detained the perpetrators aside. I tried to keep my eyes open and they were open enough for me to see what was going on. "Goddamn it," Wooyoung hissed as he helped me sit down. "I'll have to stay here and wait for Yunho."
Mingi stepped up and began to take me in his arms. "I'll take her out of here," he murmured. And then, he was carrying me. While everybody was distracted, I saw one of the men about to throw a dagger at me and Mingi's direction. A shot of adrenaline burst through me and I shouted, "Watch out!"
A look of panic crosses Mingi's face and he had no time to avoid it. But the knife didn't hit us. This was reminiscent of a theatre play with how things were turning up. Everybody pales and for a moment, everything goes silent. I was able to fully internalize everything. I realized I was bleeding profusely and so was Mingi and Wooyoung since they touched me, and that there was another presence.
Yunho heaved an irritated sigh as he stared at his bleeding hand, the one he used to catch the dagger. He turned to me, his face holding no expression. He hands me the dagger. âKill them," he instructed. Everyone's breath hitched as they waited for my decision.
My mind was a whirlwind of overwhelming emotions. "I-I can't," I wheezed out.
Yunho raised a brow in amusement. "Justice isn't always merciful," he said. "They would kill you in a heartbeat."
I shook my head, the little movement making me dizzy. "That's n-not what I meant," I whispered hoarsely. "Y-You do it. Take the lead and reign over me, Yunho."
He nodded slowly. "Take them to the adjoining room of my office," he instructed Wooyoung. They share a knowing look and Wooyoung walks away. Yunho turned back to Mingi. âMy chambers."
I closed my eyes and let myself lay limp in Mingi's arms. Every move hurt no matter how careful he was, but I dare not complain. It certainly caught the attention of some people and I could hear gasps and barely contained anger at my condition. By this, I could hear Yeosang panicking and running off to get his medicinal supply ready. I cracked my eyes open for a little and was not surprised by the amount of people already staring at us. I was just in time to see familiar faces, too.
"What the hell is all this commotion?" Seonghwa was aggravated when he went to the front. He took one good look at me and the blood from his face drained. "Oh, God..."
I was so embarrassed to be seen this way - weak, vulnerable, and helpless. When we entered the chambers, Hongjoong was there waiting. He looked like he was about to say something to Yunho and then he saw me being laid down on the bed. "What happened?" he asked. I don't care who filled him in and he sighed in understanding when he was fully informed.
"Alright everybody, get out unless you're going to volunteer to help out," Yeosang announced before sitting on the side of the bed.
"What do you want me to do?" Seonghwa rolled his sleeves up and sat down next to Yeosang as Hongjoong left to go to the room next to Yunho's office. I was so surprised, he had always been impartial towards me. And speaking of Yunho, he was just leaning by the door, silently watching as his eyes took everything that was happening. I was fine with that, I didn't need to hear him scolding me. Or was I afraid of his disappointment?
"Okay, so it seems that the damages were done mostly to her arms," Yeosang murmured. "Hold them up so I can clean them up."
Seonghwa does as told. I bit my lip harshly as tears fell from my eyes at the sting from the herbs being used to disinfect my wounds.
"Wait a minute," Mingi suddenly murmured, his brows scrunching up as he looked closer at my arm. "There's a pattern, letters---oh my god."
"What?" Seonghwa takes a look and his mouth hangs. It's rare for him to lose composure. He turns around to look behind him. "Yunho..."
Yunho stared at my arm for a solid minute before he turned around and went into the room where Hongjoong was, but he left the door ajar a bit. Loud voices can be heard from the inside. My heart lurched to my throat. I pulled my arm to try and see, but Seonghwa gently grabbed my chin and tilted it up while he shook his head. "Don't look," he said softly. "For your own sake."
"I-It's bad, isn't it?" I croaked.
Yeosang held my hand and squeezed it. "By the time we're done, it will be gone, okay? I have methods to heal without leaving scars, don't you worry."
"You son of a bitch, what makes us different?!"
We all stared at the direction of all the arguments that were slowly becoming louder and louder. It was Hongjoong, and he was furious.
"B-But, her father was a monster---"
"Save it."
The hard edge on that voice surprised me, for this person has nothing but sweet and accommodating to me. It was San.
"I feel bad for those assholes," Yeosang laughed sarcastically to lift my mood up. "San is a little more unforgiving when angry."Â
"You ought to be ashamed of yourselves!" Hongjoong hissed. "She's the last person you should've done this too, I am extremely disappointed with all of you!" My breath hitched, I sighed, bracing for what's next because I know exactly what he's going to say.
"During captivity, that princess you hate? She would feed everybody, teach everyone to survive after escape, cover for anyone so they wouldn't be punished. She was going against her father!"
Seonghwa, Yeosang, and Mingi all whipped their heads towards me. I closed my eyes to avoid them.
"You know what else?" Hongjoong chuckled darkly. "She gambled her life to help me escape when I was captured without knowing who I was. Hell, she didn't even remember who I was when she first saw me here.".
"But it doesn't erase anything that happened before, oh forgive our insolence, Your Majesty!"
Another round of arguments could be heard and Yeosang finally wrapped my arms, but not before I saw what they had carved on my skin - disgrace.
"That's enough."
There it was, the voice that always made me want to drop on my knees. There was a tense silence. "I killed the Aurorean King so we could be at peace," Yunho started. "I understand why you did it, but she is mine, and mine alone.â
I was startled and jumped a bit when the door opened to reveal Yunho. We made eye contact before he spoke. "It brings me deep sadness that all of you resorted to this brutality," he spoke, the weight of his words heavy. "We've all been through so much, but the day I see the monster the Aurorean King was in any of you, is the day I let all of you go. All of you, get out."
He turned to this room and spoke to no one in particular. "All of you as well, out."
And then it was just me and Yunho in the room, staring at each other intently. "M-My King," I whimpered at his sharp gaze. He raised a brow. "You had no problem calling me by name earlier," he made his way towards the bed. "Don't do it again."
I vaguely remember doing it and I had no idea why I even did it. His air of authority blanketed me as he got closer and closer until he was sitting on the bed. He didn't say anything for a while. "Never forget who you are," he said curtly and firmly. "The world will try you, it will grind you down until you are no more."
I stared at him and saw him in a different light for the first time. He wasn't a royalty, a king, and my captor - he was just Jeong Yunho. Tears started to collect in my eyes. I tried to turn away but Yunho grabbed my chin and tilted it to his face. "The scars will fade," he murmured. "Mine did."
Yunho pulled me onto his body and wrapped an arm around me. Something broke in me and it covered the shock I felt, I just burst right there and then. His other hand patted my back as sobs racked my entire body. It hurt, everything hurt. I've always imagined what it would be like to be in his arms. It was unfortunate that it had to be this way, but it didn't stop me from clutching his shirt and crying miserably. "You're very cold," I muttered in between tears.Â
"Am I cold or maybe you just don't deserve my warmth?"
"Forgive my i-insolence, Your Majesty."
"Sometimes, when people don't get what they want, they canât stand the thought of limitations," Yunho sighed.
After a while, I recovered. I spent a lot of my time either in my room to be alone or Yunho's. He would give me a book to read so I could pass the time and it confused my heart so much. But after that, I haven't seen him much. His workload caught up with him and lately, I've been all alone either organizing what he asked me to or simply just basking in the gardens where all the servants spent time with me.
It made me happy that everyone had become warm towards me and was even angry at the knights that had hurt me, but I couldn't help but miss the time I spent with Yunho, even if all he did was glare or snarl at me. Right now, I was at Yeosang's clinic so could check up on me.
"Thank you, Sangie, you're always there for me," I smiled gratefully at him.
He stares at me a bit confused. "Uhm, yeah, no problem, but I'm not the one you should thank the most," he frowned. "Yunho would have beheaded me."
"W-What do you mean?" I asked, my heart beating uncontrollably hard.
"He was the one that kept sending me to you whenever you were injured," he shrugged. "You didn't know?"
My heart palpitated and my stomach did somersaults. Does this mean that he's not going to kill me anymore? "By the way," Yeosang interrupted my darkening thoughts. He dug through his arsenal and brought out an envelope. "This is about your escape."
I sat up straighter in attention. "From Hongjoong?"
Yeosang shook his head. "No, from our head."
"Head?" I titled my head in curiosity. "What does that mean?"
"It means that we take orders from someone higher than us," Yeosang chuckled. "Someone wants you out of here more than us. Now, run along. I have to tend to the King."
I froze and I felt my throat tighten up again. "W-Why? Is anything wrong with him?" Yeosang blinked at me and grimaced. Something tells me that I wasn't supposed to know, and that he assumed I knew. "Kang Yeosang..."
When he still didn't say a word, I bolted out of the room like my life depended on it. I didn't even turn back once. I didn't let it worry me though. The King was an abnormally strong person, so I'm sure he'll be fine. I went to his chambers and unsurprisingly, he wasn't there. I knew he wasn't avoiding me, he didn't care enough for me to do so. I went to my chambers and left the letter in there for now. Suddenly, I heard the familiar sound of the doors opening and closing. Yunho.
I was surprised to see him enter, but I was quickly taken aback by how pale he looked. I tried to stop the fluttering feeling in my stomach at the sight of him because it was the first time I've ever seen him look even remotely sick. When I observed him closer, his breathing was laboured and she seemed to be in great pain. I looked at his bandaged arm and it hit me - his hand was wounded when he caught that dagger!
I completely forgot about that and not once had he got it treated the whole time I was recovering and knowing him, he would never ask for help. My body started moving on its own and I quickly rushed to him and held his arm. I almost pulled away, his skin was burning hot. He was surprised to see me. He stiffened and pulled away from me harshly, glaring at me angrily. "What the hell are you doing?" he snarled. "Just because I haven't punished you in a while doesn't mean I won't hesitate to do it again."
"I-I'm so sorry, My King," I apologized instantly.Â
He didn't say anything and proceeded to sit down on his bed. It was then I realized how sick he was and he was probably burning up with fever. This might be my death sentence but I pushed forward again and held his wounded hand in mine. I frowned, it was definitely infected. "Y/N," he gritted. His tone held a lot of anger.
"Please let me help you," I begged.
"Do you want to die?" he growled through gritted teeth.
I gulped in anxiety. "You can kill me after," I whispered. "Let me help, please..."
He stared at me, unblinking, his eyes penetrating parts of me I had no idea existed before. It made me uncomfortable, but I never broke eye contact to show my sincerity. "One wrong move," he seethed, his voice dropping an octave lower. "I will kill you on the spot."
I smiled brightly before I could stop myself. I quickly stood up and bowed repeatedly. "Oh, I won't let you down!" I gasped. "Please lie down, I will fetch some cloth and water for you."
I was happier than I was supposed to be and quickly got to work before Yunho changed his mind. I got slightly cold water and some cloth and went back, but when I did, I was surprised to see that Yunho had fallen asleep on his bed. I quietly approached him and set down the water and cloth to the side and stared at him. I had never seen him asleep before. Whenever we slept on the bed, he was always up before me. He was hauntingly beautiful, something I know I can never have.
I dipped the cloth in the cold water and proceeded to dab it gently on his forehead and all over his exposed skin so he could cool off. When I reached his face, I was careful not to wake him. This was the only opportunity he had to rest and I don't want to disturb him. I went on like that for hours, going back and forth in the bathroom to refill the water so it doesn't go too warm. But it was no use. He was still burning up. Without hesitation, I undid the buttons on his shirt and dabbed it gently with the cloth as well. He would probably punish me for this when he awoke, but I could care less.
My heart dropped when I stared at his bare chest. The branding scar was there, but besides the few battle scars on him, his skin was otherwise smooth and toned. I set it aside for now, and focused on making him feel better, even though I knew that he wasn't awake to feel it for now. I leaned down to give the scar a small kiss and set my head down on his chest, just feeling his skin with mine. His heart had a steady rhythm, and tears fell slowly down my eyes and onto his chest.
I love him, I had fallen for him, and it hurt so much. I don't know how it happened or when it even started, but my heart held him in it and the realization made my heart shatter into a million pieces. Yunho wasn't someone I should have had feelings for. He captured me, imprisoned me, and hurt me before, but why do I even feel like this? It would never end well for me, and I knew he would break my heart. He was the king, and he harboured hatred for my father so intense that even my life wasn't enough to pay for it.
I jolted away and wiped my tears quickly when I heard Yunho groan and then he moved ever so slightly. He sat down and stared at me. Then, he looked down at his open shirt and quickly buttoned them up. He looked back at me and sighed. "What is it about you, Y/N?"
I stared at him, blinking repeatedly. "Whatever do you mean, My King?"
He crossed his arms. "I can't figure out if your demon father raised an angel, or if he raised a demon pretending to be an angel?"
The question surprised me and I looked away. "Y-You're awake, Your Grace..."
He smirked at my obvious attempt to change the topic. "Yes. Why? You want me dead?"
My eyes widened at the implication and I shook my head adamantly. "No! I-I don't!"
He shrugged and leaned back. "I'm surprised you didn't strike," he smirked. "Your cowardly father had a habit of killing people in their sleep."
"I won't ever hurt you, Sire."
Then silence, except for the loud beating of my heart - the heart that beat only for him. Yunho stared at me, and stared hard. I was nervous, is he going to punish me for touching him? "Come here," he said softly.
One second I was sitting on the edge of the end, and the next, I was in Yunho's arms, his body caging me in his warmth. I closed my eyes, everything felt so right at this moment. I couldn't even be surprised. I was so happy, but did the happiness outweigh the pain? My faith was walking on broken glass.
A surge of courage came over me and I buried my face on his chest. It didn't matter right now, or if he changed his mind, but right now, all I cared about was this moment between us. It was something I would never get to experience anymore because he won't be, hopefully, sick again for the longest time after this. Good moments were hard to come by as a prisoner, so I will imprint this memory in my heart.
"For the longest time now, I've had this question that's boggling my head," he whispered. "Who do you take after, if not your father?"
"I-I'm not too sure," I answered truthfully.
I looked up at him and he was already looking at me with those beautiful, but clouded eyes. "How are your arms?"
I was a bit surprised he even asked. "They're getting better, they don't hurt as much as they did a couple of weeks ago."
He nodded but didn't say anything else. "Would you like to sleep?" I asked him apprehensively.
"I just woke up," he raised an annoyed brow at me. "I don't like to sleep, it's when my thoughts haunt me the most."Â Â
I wouldn't be surprised. For all the things my father did, I would be surprised if nobody had nightmares. Even the king had some. It made my heart bleed once more. "Those years were the hardest times of everybody's lives," Yunho began to speak, his fingers lazily tracing my arms as he stared at the ceiling, lost in thought.
I didn't even realize that I was holding my breath. This was the first time he'd ever talked to me like this and it felt so good that he was confiding in me. "As a kingdom, we were always trained and prepared for any sort of attack, you should know this. It was difficult when you're powerless against a tyrant, though."
He gave a side eyed glance and I averted my eyes in shame even though it was not my fault. "But no one was prepared for the aftermath. Nobody knew where to begin and how to move on," he recalled softly, unadulterated pain flashing in his eyes. "There was no way to relax, everyone was paranoid that an attack would happen again."
Tears filled my eyes. I felt every pain that he went through even though I had no idea how extensive they were. Is this what it was like to love someone? It was such a curse. "Everyone has changed so much," he sighed deeply. "San used to be bubbly and a generally happy person. Wooyoung used to be mischievous, he was borderline annoying, but everyone loved him for it."
It was difficult to picture both of them in a different manner and it made me even sadder. "Yeosang had this child-like innocence to him that I can never, ever get back. It was hard to accept at first. Seonghwa had always been the way he is, but he was always smiling. Now it's gone."
"And Mingi," he continued. "He was always my biggest regret. He was just a boy. He used to take my punishments for me. He's become so much like me that I regret ever meeting him."
It began to shed light on why the Head Knight had hated me so much back then. My closest maid, Ilri, and I met when we were twelve years old. Yunho and Mingi most likely met that age as well. "The last two went further and further away from me," Yunho chuckled bitterly. "My brother and I used to be close. I don't even recognize Jongho anymore, and same with my uncle. Captivity changed Hongjoong."
He turned to look at me. "Do you know why I'm telling you all of this?"
"No," I answered with a slight shake of my head.
"Do not betray me, Y/N. I'm letting you in a little, don't prove me wrong by stabbing me in the back."
That sharp edge in my gut strengthened, the one that I thought would dull if time passed enough, and it was then I realized that I cannot leave this man. "Would you like to take your belongings in your chambers and move them in here," Yunho asked, though it was more of a statement rather than one.
My eyes widened and I stared at him. "I-Is that okay, Your Highness?"
"I wouldn't say it if it wasn't," he rolled his eyes. "Run along. Do some chores and I'll ask someone to do it."
"Thank you, My King," I bowed to him when I got up from the bed. Everything was too good to be true, that was something I made myself believe as I walked around, lost in thought. My heart hurt from the dilemma. I want to stay with Yunho, even though the best I'll be is to watch from the sides, but at the same time, my people need me - the people of Dune, Wonderland, and the other nations need me.
But even if I did choose to come with Hongjoong, how was I going to start over again? I know nothing about ruling a kingdom, let alone make peace with another kingdom that my own screwed and captured. Tears started falling from my eyes, I have never felt so helpless. Do I choose my happiness or choose the destiny I was always meant to follow?
"Y/N? Are you okay---wait, are you crying?"
The smile from Seonghwa's face disappeared and was replaced with concern. Ever since that day, he's always been very concerned about me. "Did he do anything to you?" he helped me get inside his office.Â
I shook my head and wiped the tears of my eyes. Of all the people who had to catch me in my feelings, it was Seonghwa. It was so embarrassing for me. "No, but I am very doomed, I am afraid."
He let out a deep sigh. "No offense, but what's worse than Yunho, himself?" Seonghwa deadpanned.Â
I laughed a bit in between my tears. He and Hongjoong were the only ones who could get away with this. "I'm in love with the King," I blurted out before I backed out. At first, it didn't hit him, but when it did, Seonghwa's eyes widened and he reeled back a little. He was probably expecting something bad, but surely not that one. I wasn't the type to cry. Even he knew I was doomed.
"It's not the end of the world, Y/N, it's okay," he awkwardly tried to cheer me up.
"Yes, but he will end me if he finds out," I frowned deeply. "I'm just a prisoner, and he absolutely abhors my father, and I fell for him anyway! He'll kill me if he finds out."
He handed me a glass of water, which I greedily gulped down. "This isn't the best advice, but in my opinion, the best thing you could possibly do is to set it aside for now."
"Have you ever fallen in love before?" I asked with genuine curiosity.
"Of course," he nodded. "Everybody has at some point, everybody has fallen out of love before, and everybody has been hurt before. It's human nature, Y/N."
I gave him a questioning look and he hesitated. "They're dead," Seonghwa smiled bitterly. "Childbirth complications."
I gasped, covering my mouth with my hand. "I-I'm so sorry about that..."
"I couldn't fully hate you, even though I should," he chuckled, shaking his head. "You remind me of my love so, so much."
In the end, I wasn't able to do any sort of chores because Seonghwa refused to let me out with my tear stained face. Suddenly, our peace was broken by a frantic knock on the door. "What's wrong?" Seonghwa asked the knocker, Mingi.
He pushed inside and quickly went to me. "You need to go to Yunho," he panted, his tone gravely. "And you need to go now."
"Hold on," I frowned, my heart thundering against my ribcage. "Why--"
He grabbed my arm and started to pull me. "I have no time to explain, please---"
"Song Mingi, calm down," Seonghwa was irritated. "What is going on?"
"Yunho is going berserk," Mingi growled. Me and Seonghwa looked at each other in surprise. "One minute, he ordered me and Wooyoung to move your stuff, and the next he's a screaming monster set to destroy everything, please you have to go."
A burning pain takes over my entire body and a chill passes over me instantaneously. The world stopped spinning because I had an idea why Yunho was furious. I ran as quickly as I could to Yunho, with Seonghwa and Mingi following, like I was chasing the very last airs of my breath and he was the only one who had it. I prayed as my feet hit the pavement that it wasn't what I thought it was. Destruction met the three of us the moment we entered the room. The furniture was disarray, papers were scattered all over the floor, and an angry King awaited us. When he set his eyes on me, I recoiled from how dark it was.
He took big strides towards me and raised his hand. "Wait, please, do not do it!" Seonghwa screamed while protectively putting me behind him. Yunho threw a piece of paper harshly against our direction and Seonghwa picked it up. Tears started to prick my eyes. I knew it - Yunho had read the letter. I haven't even had the chance to read it.
"Explain," Yunho snapped, his voice tense. He was disheveled, his hair was not fixed for once like he ran his hands over and over again on it and his face was mad with rage. "Explain to me right now or so God help me I will hurt you."
Seonghwa snapped his head at me after he read the letter, his expression of disappointment. "Y/N?" he asked, not wanting to believe anything. "What is this?"
"I can explain---"
"Mingi, call everyone," Yunho snarled. "I need to know who else was planning the great escape of my prisoner."
Mingi was shocked, but he moved nonetheless. "And you," Yunho pointed at me, his voice sounding low and deadly. It sent chills down my spine. "Explain."
I flinched and a tense silence followed. I didn't know what to say. I stared at Yunho, pleading with my eyes, but it was no use. "Say something!" Yunho screamed, banging his hand loudly on his wooden table. Soft cries and whimpers left my mouth. The sight of Yunho broke something inside me. He looked so defeated, so hurt, like a man who had just lost war within himself - like a man betrayed by someone he believed in.
He wasn't just hurt, he was shattered, and it was my fault.
"I-I didn't mean to hurt you, please, I can explain, I really didn't mean to," I begged pathetically for him.
"Then you should have never been born!" Yunho roared loudly, angrily swiping the paperwork in front of him flying, the sheets gradually falling down one by one towards the floor with a swoosh. It was very unnerving. That was the first time I'd ever heard Yunho raise his voice. His eyes were dilated in wild and sheer rage, unleashed without thoughts nor consequences. I will never forget those eyes.
"Let me go!" I shrieked, tripping on my feet when I tried to protest against him, but that only resulted in Yunho dragging me faster and even rougher than before. Suddenly, more footsteps came into the room and more protests resounded.
"Yunho, please, Yunho," I heard the familiar voice of Hongjoong sound. "Stop it, you're hurting her, Yunho!"
My insides contracted and I was left with a heart that exploded in my chest, clammy skin and hyperventilating as I was thrown on the floor. "Shut the fuck up," Yunho snapped, he charged at Hongjoong and gave him a strong punch in the gut. Hongjoong recoiled and coughed out. "You were going to take her away from me?"
If it wasn't for the situation, I would have spent all day thinking about that statement.Â
"Are you okay?" San's gentle hands helped me up and I leaned helplessly at him while Hongjoong explained to Yunho over and over again why my escape would be beneficial for Dune and everybody. "No," I sobbed loudly. "My heart hurts..."
He looked at me worried. "I will take you to Yeosang---"
"No, not like that. My heart hurts."
San's expression was forlorn when he realized what I was trying to say. "You gave him your heart."
I nodded, but I couldn't even finish my sentence because when I looked back, Yunho was in the process of charging towards Hongjoong. My body moved instinctively and I rushed to him, stopping him by hugging his waist. I yelped when he pushed me harshly. "You whore," he hissed. He pushed me down on my knees so I was kneeling on the floor. "I give you a little bit of kindness and you do this to me? How long have you been planning to stab me in the back?"
I shook my head. "I wasn't going to!"
He scoffed and pulled my hair. He got onto my face directly. "You expect me to believe that? Yunho snarled. "I should have killed you a long, long time ago. I should have branded you and let those dogs carve you up some more."
Something broke inside me, and a fire that was dormant in me sparked awake. I was angry, I had no right to, but I was. "How can you say that?" I growled back. "You're no different from my father if you wish other people to be hurt like you did!"
A moment of pain flashed in Yunho's eyes, but he blinked it away. I shouldn't have said that, but what else can I do? "My only mistake was that I wasn't not be able to cope with your rage, I have always done my best for you," I swallowed thickly, fat tears rolling down my eyes in pain. "If you're going to kill me, then just get it over with."
Is this what Seonghwa meant when he said that love hurts? And speaking of which, Seonghwa, Mingi, Hongjoong, and San were just behind us, just watching, not being able to do anything but just watch the scenes unfold. "Beg me," Yunho pulled my hair harder. "I don't know what I'll do if I don't like what I hear, I swear to God, Y/N."
I shook my head defiantly. "You can bring your army on me, but I won't beg."
Seonghwa was giving me pleading gestures, to just give in, but I won't. I looked Yunho square in the eye and continued. "Is there a part of you that dislikes seeing me happy when you are miserable? "
Yunho smirked darkly. "I never liked you enough to feel that way, slave."
Something died inside me there and then. There was no use, Yunho had always been empty except for when he had the urge to assert his dominance on me. He grabbed my hair and he began to drag me roughly, but everyone tried to stop him from hurting me further. "Get away from me!" Yunho yelled.
"You're making a grave mistake, Yun, please," Mingi pleaded with him by trying to grab me back, but Yunho just pulled me. He pushed me against the wall and I hit my head. The thump was loud and it caught everyone off guard. But not Yunho. He grabbed my head again and for a moment, it looked like he was going to slam it on the wall hard, but his eyes held so much hurt.
"I should," he whispered. "I really should."
"Yunho, stop it," Wooyoung suddenly interjected. I hadn't even realized he was here. "Send her somewhere, but don't do it, you're not like that."
"Her father---"
"Might have been a beast, but she did not choose her father."
My mouth hung open at Wooyoung's sudden statement. He still has that disdain in his eyes when he sees me, but it wasn't as strong as it was when I first came more than a year ago. They now held a bit of pity in them. Yunho scoffed loudly. "You were in on it," he was sarcastic. "The escape."
Everyone, including me, looked at him in surprise. "Yes and no," he sighed. "Yeosang talked to me, but I said no, but looking at you right now, this seems to be the correct decision."
"Who put you up to this?" Yunho asked, betrayed. "No offense, but none of you are smart enough to plan this." He went up to my ear and harshly whispered. "You're not leaving me. I refuse---"
"You wear a crown, but you're not my king," I said, trying to push him off. "You won't ever hear me scream!"
Yunho's eyes ticked in extreme anger and fury. "I don't want your screams," Yunho growled menacingly. "I want you."
He let me go, not only my body, but he looked like he was letting me go completely. Yunho looked worn out, he looked devastated. We all watched as Yunho tried to get a hold of himself, his eyes crestfallen with every move. We all held our breath when he grabbed his sword and swung it without energy. But he dropped it again.Â
"Go," he whispered. He looked so devastated and all the fight left his body. "I want you gone before the sun rises."
He stared at Hongjoong. "You take her wherever the fuck you want, but I will punish you and your accomplices myself when you come back, clear?"
Hongjoong nodded. "Clear."
"Go before I change my mind," Yunho spoke to me. "I never want to see you again."
"Come along," Mingi coaxed me out of there. I was in a robotic state by the time everything was over, like my soul was separated from my body and I was looking at myself from another perspective. Mingi guided me out along with an injured Hongjoong while the rest stayed behind. While I was leaving the room, I stopped by the door and looked back, and Yunho was already looking back at me. He was expressionless, but his eyes were red and a single tear fell from his eye. Mingi pulled me back as the door closed.
"To Jongho's," Hongjoong hissed in pain as we walked. "Hurry."
When we got there, Jongho approached us with a worried look in his eyes. "I hear about what happened," he frowned. "I'll handle it. You have to go."
Hongjoong nodded, but I was confused. "Who's going to go with her?" Jongho continued, summoning a carriage.
"I'll do it, Hongjoong can't," Mingi sighed. "Just cover for me."
Jongho nodded and we were about to go into the carriage, but I halted. "Wait, what's going on?" I asked.
Hongjoong gestured to Jongho. "It's his plan." As if nothing could shock me anymore. I turned to look at the Second Prince. "I don't understand," I shook my head. "You dislike me and you have no benefit for this."
"I don't hate you per se," he shrugged. "My mind isn't clouded enough to blame you for the atrocities your father did. I just had to keep that act for a while so Yunho wouldn't suspect anything."
"But why?"
Jongho hesitated. "This has to stop," he whispered. "I didn't want Jiho to die in vain, I just want to live in peace. Don't you?" Jeong Jiho was the Third Prince. I nodded. Of course I did. "Okay then," Jongho urged Mingi and I to go in the carriage. "Go fix Aurora, I don't say this often, but please. You either do it, or you die trying."
"Thank you so much," I cried to him. "I won't let you down."
And then we set off to the horizon. I haven't been out in a year and I couldn't help but tear up while I stared outside as the carriage slowly took us to our destination. "What about you?" I asked Mingi, who was seated in front of me. "How do you feel about all of this?"
"As a knight or as Mingi?" he asked.
"As Mingi."
He sighed and looked outside as well. "I felt very angry for the longest time," he admitted. "It was so unfair, I've struggled to do exactly as I was told yet nothing has changed. At this point, I don't care what happens. I just want order and if you're the key, then so be it."
We set on to a comfortable silence along with our thoughts. I kept asking people because I was still in doubt. Hongjoong had managed to get me out like planned, I just wish Yunho wasn't there to see it.
My heart was breaking into a million pieces and it felt like my insides were dying. His face when I left was breaking me little by little on the inside. Doubt will always be with me, what if I was wrong? Was the pain that came with it, the brutal suffering of my soul, necessary? There was no other way to learn what I have learned. Everything slowly hit me all at once, because earlier I ran on adrenaline, but now that I was confined to my own thoughts, everything hurt. Tears sprang to my eyes and I kept wiping them in respect to Mingi. Of course, he noticed and sighed.
"Just let it out, I don't mind," he coaxed me gently. "It must hurt a lot."
"You knew?" I sniffled.
For the first time in a while, he gave me a friendly smile. "I've known from the start. Only a fool wouldn't notice."
"How?"
"It's not my story to tell," Mingi hesitated. "Can I say something?"
"Of course," I nodded. "You're my friend, Mingi."
He was shocked, but then his body visibly relaxed. Instead of my chaperone, now he looked like a true companion of mine. "You glowed differently when you were with him," he smiled. "That's how I knew."
There was a time where I thought I would be with Yunho for as long as I lived, both as his prisoner and as someone who truly loved him, but now I don't know what life will throw me. I was about to go back home and live out the destiny that I was given for the second time in my life. I can't be with Yunho. I have to set out what I have to do. Even if this didn't happen, I would have left on my own accord. One day, I'll be able to look at myself in the mirror and I get to say that I've done it - that I've set things straight.
This was the life of a princess. Love is something foreign to us, most of us never get to experience it because our duties to our kingdom will always come first. Being a princess was such a bittersweet destiny. Aurora wasn't far and before I knew it, the familiar gates of my kingdom appeared before me and sooner enough, we were passing through it. I didn't know what to feel, this place used to be my home, but now after a year, I don't even know how I will live here again. Much less rule like everyone wants me to do.
"State your name, kingdom, and purpose of your visit to Aurora," a guard stopped our carriage. My heart beat fast, these were the guards that reluctantly let me go with Dune a year ago. They tried hard, Yunho was just too strong. I let the window of the carriage down and peeked my head out and all of the faces of the guards paled.
"Oh my Lord," they said. "Princess!"
They started tearing up and bowing lowly to me over and over again. "Oh, the Heavens have answered us! Our princess is back!"
I smiled, tears filling my eyes. "Rise," I commanded softly. "I am but your forsaken princess." It was emotional for me. They continued crying and some of them went to town to announce my arrival while they opened the gates to let the carriage in.
"Your people love you," Mingi stated in awe as he observed me waving to the townspeople crying in joy and rejoicing at my return.
"And I love them too," I answered. "These people are good people. The only mistake they had was being born under my father's rule. But I will set things straight."
Mingi beamed at me. "It's like you were never imprisoned. It's fascinating."
I decided to go to the back door of the castle because I did not want to be overwhelmed with people about my arrival. Mingi was behind me and admired the architecture. It was very different from Dune. It was such an odd feeling to be back from my own room. I had gotten used to sleeping at Yunho's. I found myself slightly resenting my room, it didn't smell like Yunho, it didn't have his library, it didn't have his scrolls, and it didn't have him. A voice screamed from behind us and Mingi was about to strike but I stopped him.Â
"Oh, my princess!" my beloved maid, Ilri screamed and ran to me for a hug. She started bawling loudly on my shoulders and I couldn't help but chuckle. When we caught up, I decided to show myself to everybody. If I was going to be queen, this was something I had to get used to. It was uncomfortable at first. I got so used to being a prisoner, and all of a sudden, these people looked up to me like the royalty that I used to be. It was something that deeply saddened me, I will miss the time when everyone talked to me freely back in Dune.
Most of all, I have to get used to not being in Dune anymore. I can't live there anymore and I absolutely can't dwell on the things that will slowly become memories to me.
It took a while, but I was able to stretch my full potential and discover what I was capable of, both as a woman and as the Queen.Â
"Hear 'ye, hear 'ye!" the Judge pounded his gavel down the little wooden square.
We were in court and it was the most nervous I've ever been, more nervous than when I was back in imprisonment. Right now, I am waiting for a verdict that can potentially change the outlook of not just my life, but every person alive on this Earth. "The council has spoken," the old Judge cut through the silence. "I, hereby, announce the abolishment of all hard labour during war imprisonment. Prisoners of war shall not be captured again and those who are imprisoning people shall let their prisoners go as soon as possible."
Cheers resounded through the whole court and even the Judge and counsel couldn't help but rejoice. I couldn't fully be happy, it was such a bittersweet moment for me. "My Queen, you did it!" Ilri smiled as we walked out of the court. "Oh, you were amazing back there!"
I held her hand in mine. "Was I?" I grinned. "Please tell me I am not dreaming, my dear friend."
"You aren't, my Queen," Ilri giggled. She put her head up and inhaled the fresh air deeply. "What a wonderful day today, my Queen. Like the Heavens are celebrating us with sunshine."
"You are my sunshine," I smiled. "Would you like to go out with all the other servants today as a celebration?"
Ilri screamed and jumped up and down. "Yes, yes! I would love to!"
I smiled. I was glad that everybody around me was happier than they ever could. The process was grueling, I had to delude myself most of the time that everything was okay and I was doing everything within my rights to be correct, but it seems like I lied to myself too much. I sent everybody in the palace to celebrate in the town, except for a few that would rather stay, and I was all alone in my office. Looking out my window was my happiness, for all my subjects were happy.
But my true happiness stopped seven years ago. I never forgot Yunho. He haunted my dreams at night and when I was awake, he was all I could see everywhere. It wasn't the way to live, but in a way, my desperation to see him again had kept me alive all these years.
I'd become like him over the years, something I regret. I understood why he barely slept, I understood why he was always moody all the time, and I understood why he was the way he was overall. I did it, I wanted to go back and tell everybody who helped me escape back then that they didn't make a mistake in putting their faith in me, because I did it. Sometimes, I wonder what they saw in me - I was just a prisoner - but they saw something in me and to this day, I still want to know.
The celebrations lasted a week and Aurora was flourishing more than ever. It hurt me, but I had to remove every trace of my father - his name, his legacy, even the smallest pamphlets with this name on it. He was still my father and in his sick way, he did love me, but it was the only way to move forward.
"My Queen, can you lend me some of your time right now?" Minghao, my good advisor, knocked on my door after everything went back to normal.
I thought about it, I knew what he was here for, but I gave in. I put away my scrolls and stopped writing for now. "Come in," I sighed.
He came in along with my other advisor, Soonyoung. I groaned internally, but I composed myself. "Honourable Queen," they both bowed.
"To what do I owe not one of my advisors, but two of them?" I deadpanned.
"Ah," Soonyoung chuckled nervously. "You know, the court has been done, maybe we could talk about...you know."
I raised an expectant brow, but on the inside, I was laughing. It was bad, but sometimes it was just nice to mess with them. Minghao cleared his throat. "Should we set the formal celebrations this week, Your Grace? The other kingdoms that worked with the abolishment of the prisoners' capture would like to visit and pay their respects."
I nodded. It was certainly a good idea. After all, the credit wasn't all mine. "Splendid, would the end of the week be sufficient for preparation?"
"We shall try, Your Majesty," Soonyoung nodded his head.Â
"Alright," I agreed. "Let's do it at the Diamond Hall. It's big enough to accommodate everyone, yes?"
"Yes," Minghao shifted uncomfortably. "And maybe you can pick out potential suitors..."
There it was. I've been hounded about having a King by my side, and I could tell them off, but how was I supposed to tell them that I was not planning to love another man anymore? "Get out."
They both squeaked and ran out of my office as soon as they came in. I sighed heavily and put my face in my hands in despair. It's been seven years, I want to move on, I really do, but I just can't. He probably forgot about me within the year, minus the anger he felt. My legacy as a queen continues, but my life as Y/N has stopped seven years ago. I sobbed softly like I always did when I remembered him. I was aware that I have to choose myself and set myself free but I can't.
And so, another game of being a marionette began. I was functioning and running my kingdom, but I feel like I'm a puppet being controlled with emotions that don't belong to me.
"My Queen? Is everything alright?"
I snapped out of my thoughts and went back to the present. Suddenly, loud music of festivities surrounded me. I looked down and I remembered, today was the celebration for the prisoner's human rights and abolishing the bad. In that grand entranceway where all the royals were entering and going straight to greet me and bow, it's become so easy to fake a smile.Â
This ballroom was beautiful. It held a lot of memories for me, like my first introduction to the royal society. The pastel hued walls, the most monumental of chandeliers, the grand dancing space, they were all the epitome of luxury and celebration. "Yes, yes, I'm quite okay," I smiled tightly. "Just observing."
My right-hand, Jeonghan, nodded imperceptibly. He knows I'm lying but he didn't dare ask what's wrong. "The great kings and queens and all their royalties will soon enter, My Queen."
Suddenly, I noticed a group of people mingling with the rest of the party. The common people. I smiled and they waved enthusiastically towards me. I wanted everyone to be equal, even for a day, and my kingdom will be one of those who will be known for trying to be accommodating and fair for all its people.
"Announcing, the arrival of the Kingdom of Utopia!"
The horns sounded and everyone stood in attention. King Wonwoo of Utopia was one of my biggest supporters in the battle for this. Everyone entered, paid their respects, over and over again and as much as I appreciated it, it can get very draining. I never realized there were so many kingdoms until I organized one of these.
"Announcing, the arrival of the Kingdom of Dune!"
I immediately dropped the champagne flute that was handed to me, much to the surprise of everyone around me. Gasps filled the area and even the people who sounded the horns paused before they blew on it. Everyone knew the history between me and Dune, my capture, my escape, everything.
"Jeonghan?" I called out in between the music. "Jeonghan!"
A panicked right-hand immediately went to my side. "Explain!"
"M-My Queen," he stammered. "N-Nobody knew either, my theory is that they were the kingdom that didn't want to be named!"
I couldn't even hear the cheers and the music around me, the ringing in my ears got louder and louder, and louder. I do remember that when Minghao was running the list to me. I bit my lip in panic, when I was asking for supporters, some kingdoms who wanted to help didn't want to be named because they wanted to remain neutral on the outside, but help on the sidelines.
A rush of adrenaline passed through my body, I felt my blood pump faster and faster and my heavy breathing couldn't catch up. This was a telltale sign of a panic attack for me, especially because the lights were spinning and my muscles tightened. Familiar faces were suddenly in front of me. I looked around for that face I wasn't ready to see, but I was even more panicked when I didn't see him.
"Breathe in, breathe out, count to ten..."
Before I knew it, my feet had a mind of themselves and I walked down to that voice. A smiling Yeosang readily opened his arms and I just crashed into that hug. "Someone missed me," I could practically hear the smirk on his tone. He pulled me away and took a good look at me. "Hello, Y/N."
Another hand held my shoulders and at first I didn't recognize him. "Don't cry," he gently wiped a stray tear from my eyes. "You're a queen now, you can't let these things get to you..."
I couldn't move, only staring at the man in front of me. San's face had matured greatly, long gone was the boyish charm I loved him for, for it was now replaced by strong muscles, sharp jawline, and sturdy form. He was a man now, but San was still the same. "San," I uttered in disbelief. I pulled him onto a hug and my officials made a move, but I put my hand up to stop them. Behind him, more familiar faces showed. My eyes quickly filled with tears from where I was standing. I couldn't move, scared that this was an illusion and they would disappear if I moved.
"Mingi," I said, my throat suddenly tight. "Seonghwa..."
I don't care what everyone thought, and they probably thought the queen had no composure, but I didn't care. It had been seven years too long. When they rushed towards me and pulled me onto a tight hug, I had forgotten how warm and comforting they were, and how good they felt with me.
"You've grown, I can't believe it," Mingi blurted out before he could stop himself. Seonghwa glared at him playfully. Suddenly, they both bowed. "Respects to the Great Queen of Aurora," Seonghwa announced loudly, and then he lowered his voice only the three of us could hear. "And I'm proud of you."
"Lovely people of Aurora," I announced, loud and proud, earning my old friends' grins. "These are people I treasure in my heart. You will treat them as you would treat me!"
Everybody in the ballroom burst into joyful claps and cheers and I felt a full circle moment. My people absolutely loved them and soon enough they were getting swarmed by all the other royals.
"Looking for someone?"
I froze once again with the familiarity of that voice. The last time I heard that voice, it was for defending me. "Why didn't you enter with the others?" I asked him as he stood beside me with his arms crossed, staring at the party going on in front of us.Â
"And get swarmed like the others? Ha, look at Yeosang, that fool," Wooyoung snorted jokingly at Yeosang's uncomfortable face as he was getting flocked by multiple people. "No, thank you."
"You never changed," I shook my head. "I'm glad to see you."
"You should be very honoured," Wooyoung grinned. I grinned back, he looked so free and genuinely happy because his eyes smiled with him. "Anyway, he's not here."
My brain short-circuited. "I-I don't know what you're talking about."
Wooyoung laughed. I was surprised at how high pitched it was. "Oh, please. Rest assured, he won't be coming."
It hurt more than I'd like to admit, but it was for the best. Seeing Yunho would break my heart all over again and there were only so many times it could break. "I'm going to get fresh air," I murmured. "Enjoy the party, Wooyoung. I'm really pleased to have you here."
I turned around to leave but he held my arm to stop me. "Wait," he stopped me. "I'm happy for the person you've become, Y/N. Truly. I knew even back then you were strong, so thank you."
That warmed my heart. "For what?"
"For going on. For straightening this nation. On behalf of Dune as the King's right-hand noble," he bowed very deeply in front of me. "I apologize for everything, and thank you very much."
"I forgave you a long time ago, Wooyoung." I felt tears prick my eyes. It wasn't something I just ever expected from Wooyoung, of all people. And so I left.
I decided to go to an isolated balcony to relax and get some air. Seeing them again had made me emotional, but instead of feeling dread, I felt lighter than I've ever been before. Everything has come full circle and it has helped me move on somewhat. I sighed deeply and leaned over the railing. I smiled when I noticed people admiring my garden and the flowers. Gardening was something I brought with me when I got back here to cope with all the loneliness of being alone with my battles - politically and internally.
Suddenly, I heard a scratching sound from behind me. At first, I thought it was just people lost in the hallways - I did let people roam my castles, I was very proud of it - but when it kept sounding, I got nervous. I had a terrible feeling bubbling up my chest. I turned around slowly, my heart in my throat, but sighed heavily when I didn't see anything. I stared at the empty balcony for a couple of seconds before I turned back around again.
It was a mistake. It happened in split seconds, too. I heard the balcony doors close and I felt heat emanate from my back. Before I could turn around, I was grabbed and a hand covered my mouth before I could scream. I thrashed around as I was beginning to get dragged out of the balcony into the nearby room. I held the captor's arm and tried to pry him off of me and he did let go, but he pushed me to the wall instead and pinned me there.Â
"If you hurt me, my men will find you," I said, trying to level my voice, but I was pretty sure it was shaky. "If you're smart, you'll know what that means. You might be able to get away with it for now, but you will get caught, I guarantee you."
The captor, who I was sure was a man, didn't say anything. He remained unmoving as I stared onto a hard chest. It didn't necessarily help that he was much, much bigger than me. He stayed unmoved and my head was burning with how hard he was staring at me. His nonchalance was much worse than threatening me directly. I yelped when he grabbed both of my hands and pinned it to the wall above me. It was such an intimate position and I didn't know what to do. I closed my eyes, like he would just disappear if I did. I was even more anxious when he leaned down close to my ear, his breath fanning my skin and giving me shivers down my spine.Â
"Open your eyes."
My world just magically stopped just like it did when I locked myself in a permanent cage and I had no intention of going out anymore. And then, it just magically opened as if time had never stopped and kept moving on. I looked up slowly, almost robotically, tears welling up my eyes. He had a hood on and his face was covered, but I would recognize those eyes anywhere. He let my hands go and they limply fell to my sides and he grabbed my chin gently and lifted it up.
I got a little brave and let my shaking hands touch the mask that covered his face and slowly took it off along with his hood. I fought the urge to touch the familiar scar on his lips, his beautiful lips. His hair was shorter and more swept to the side than I was used to seven years ago, his features have matured and molded itself to fit his handsome face, and his eyes, they couldn't stop looking at me.
"You look the same," Yunho murmured. He put his thumb on my lower lip and pressed on it. "Your lips are still as soft, you smell the same too. It's been seven years, yet you're still the same."
Shivers traveled down my spine and he noticed it. His voice had gotten much deeper and it had that delicious tone to it that hit places in me I forgot existed. "I-I, b-but, y-you c-can't," I stammered like a stuttering idiot. I cleared my throat. "Certainly not. I-I've changed."
Yunho tilted his head. "Your status did," he corrected. "But other than that, you're still you, Y/N."
The way he said my name almost made me want to purr. It was like I was his prisoner again, it was absolutely pathetic. "What are you doing here?"
I whimpered when he snaked his arms around my waist and pulled me towards his chest. I looked up at him, my eyes wide in shock. "Do you have to question everything I say?"
"Of course," I hissed, trying to push him away from me, but to no avail. "I am no longer your prisoner, I am a queen now, and you will respect me!"
A sly smirk shows upon Yunho's face. "You're right, but we both know that's not true."
I rolled my eyes at him. I won't let him demean me again like he used to. It was just unfair, the way that the moonlight was shining on his form reminded me of the man I used to love - or rather, the man I still loved. "What's not true?" I frowned.
"You're mine, Y/N. Whether you believe it or not, whether you like it or not, you've always been mine."
"What are you talking about?" I snarled. Had he always been this annoying, or had my imprisonment and love for this man before clouded my judgment so much? "Was the journey making you delusional?"
He chuckled. "We can change that, you know," Yunho shrugged. "We can make you mine again."
"Are you crazy? How do you propose we do that?"
"Marry me."
Time stopped for the second time today. I stared at him to see if he was going to laugh just to jest me or perhaps, he just wants to torture me one more time, but nothing. His facade was crumbling down but he kept putting them up. I must have had the most flabbergasted expression on my face and Yunho couldn't help but frown.Â
"I-I think you should leave," I pushed him away from me and walked a distance. "We shouldn't be seen together."
He smirked mockingly. "You're right, Queen of Aurora."
I frowned. The way he said it, it was like he was testing how the words felt in his tongue. He made his way to me and I froze when he stopped directly in front of me and grabbed my hand.
"See you soon," he said threateningly, then kissed my hand. His lips lingered a bit longer than I wanted to on my skin and it sent shivers down my spine. He kissed it again and before he walked away.
"W-What are you doing?" I blurted out when he went to the balcony. "The door's that way...King Yunho."
He put his mask and hood back on. "I know," he said. My eyes widened when he climbed on the railing. "Call me Yunho. That's all you'll call me soon, anyway."
And with that, he jumped off. I screamed and quickly looked down to where he went. I saw him down the path staring at me. He gave me a small wink and then walked off. What the hell was that? I leaned down the railing, my legs just giving out on me. After seven years, I saw the man I loved so much, and I don't know how to feel about it.
The next week, there was a meeting about all the kingdoms that participated in what we decided to call the Prisoner Emancipation Act. I entered with my head held high, my steps regal and refined. I had to thank my father for that. I sat on my throne and received everyone's greeting.
"Is everybody here? Shall we start?" I asked out of courtesy.
"No, Your Grace, the King of Dune hasn't arrived yet," Hansol, my courtier, shook his head.
I raised a brow. I was almost positive that Yunho was doing this on purpose. Jeong Yunho was not known as a man who was ever, ever late to anything. And as if he heard, the door opened and in came Yunho and behind him was somebody who to all I owe every success I have right now. Jongho was surprised at first, but when he internalized everything, he bowed deeply to me and rose back with the biggest smile I have ever seen on his face. I knew what he was saying in those eyes.
Thank you for all the peace we all have right now.
Yunho sat at the very end of the table and stared hard at me. It made me and everybody uncomfortable, half of it because of how intimidating Yunho was, and the rest was because if nobody was here right now, I was pretty damn sure Yunho would eat me alive. "R-Right," I cleared my throat. "Begin."
It started with the matters of what the now-freed prisoners would have to do now that they weren't in captivity. I was lucky because I was a royal, but the normal common people weren't. It was the most uncomfortable meeting I have ever been to. Yunho kept staring at me like a hawk that set its eyes on its food. Sometimes we'd make eye contact, but I avoided him like a plague overall. He wasn't even blinking, for God's sake!
"Your Majesty, perhaps you have an idea?" King Mingyu of Mist asked me hopefully. "I mean this most respectfully, but you have experienced what it's like to be on the other side."
He meant that I was a prisoner once so I should know. I nodded my head at him as I did not take offense. "Schools," I smiled. "They deserve an education so they can reset the lives they once lost and get jobs that pay higher since it's on an educated level."
Murmurs of approval went around the room. "That's a fantastic idea," King Seokmin of Halazia approved. "But wouldn't that be a bit expensive?"Â That's where I hit a roadblock. It was something I knew would be asked, but truth be told, I haven't thought of any answers yet. It was the reason why I held this meeting in the first place.
"Cut the war budget and tax the rich."
I held my breath and everybody turned at the nonchalant King of Dune. Yunho had his arms crossed, still staring at me. My mouth went dry, was he trying to help me? "Valid," King Wonwoo muttered. "Explain, King of Dune."
"We are at peace at last, thank the Heavens, and nobles surely can give some of their fortune? Call it compensation for imprisoning the people and stealing their lives," Yunho began to explain. My heart beat fast, was he trying to tell me something? I saw the vision of what Yunho was saying and all the scenarios played in my head. For a second, Yunho smiled a little before it disappeared.
"Money will never get back their life," I murmured. "But they deserve the compensation. I approve of this idea."
Yunho might be the way he is and the other Kings have always been wary of him, but even I can't deny that Yunho was one of the most intelligent rulers I've come across. "Ever so wise, Your Highness," Jongho smirked in approval. I held in a giggle. For some reason, Jongho's approval brought me happiness. "I'm one for this idea as well."
"Now that that's settled," Minghao interrupted. "We shall discuss the marriage of our dear Queen."
I closed my eyes, cringing. The other kings began to murmur within themselves, but Yunho's eyes narrowed into the most dangerous slits I've seen. The way he glared at my Minghao made me feel bad for the man.
"Our Honourable Queen," a random noble piped up. "An heir would be suitable for the throne!"
Me and Jongho rolled our eyes. Maybe next time I'd abolish that rule too. "We found a suitable bachelor for you," an older nobleman smiled at me. I knew of him, he meant nothing but the best for the kingdom. "Rise, Aiden!"
Everybody stared at the random noble that stood up from the crowd and approached me, but Yunho. His body language was rigid, and his fists were so pale with how hard he was clenching them together. "I am Aiden Birdwhistle, Your Majesty," he introduced himself. I frowned, he must not be from here. His name and accent were unique and his features were not of anyone near here. "Pleased to meet your acquaintance, my beautiful Queen."
A snort could be heard from somewhere and I didn't dare look if it was Jongho or Yunho. "Ah," I awkwardly replied. I turned to Minghao and glared at him. "Really, Minghao? Out of all places?"
Aiden grabbed my hand and it surprised me. I tried to pull my hand back but he wouldn't budge. "S-Sir, I would appreciate it if you unhand me," I cleared my throat.
"Why?" he smirked. It was different from the smirk Yunho had, this man was slimy. "We're getting married soon."
"I wouldn't go that far," I laughed nervously.
A bang from the end of the table made me jump and everyone looked at a furious looking Yunho. I was very surprised and Yunho's outburst and Jongho looked the most amused he has ever looked ever since I met him years ago. "Everyone," Yunho growled, his voice low and dangerous. "Out."
Nobody moved an inch at first, until Yunho looked around and everyone shuffled awkwardly. Yunho might not be the overall King of everyone, but there was a sort of respect that he held because he was the one who ended my father. "Not you, you motherfucker," Yunho pointed at Aiden who refused to go. "You stay."
"Can I stay?" Jongho asked a little too cheerfully for my liking.Â
Yunho glared at him before charging towards me and pulling me away. I yelped a little at the force and I landed at Yunho's hard chest. He wrapped a possessive arm over me and glared at the other man. "W-Who do you think you are?!" Aiden screamed, albeit shaky. Looks like he knows who Yunho was.
"You better know your place, Lord Dogwhistle, or I will end you," Yunho hissed.
The man flushed red in embarrassment and anger. "It's Lord Birdwhistle, Your Majesty."
"Do I look like I give a fuck, Lord Birdpisser?" Yunho raised a brow.Â
By now, Birdwhistle was angry and he took tentative steps away towards the door. "M-My Queen you can't let him do---"
Before he could finish that sentence, Jongho blocked the man and towered over him, not by height since Jongho was much shorter than Yunho, but by weight. Jongho was pure muscle and you do not want to mess with this man. Yunho's voice was clearcut. "I won't ever repeat myself again," he growled. "I better not see you again hanging around here, Lord Turdkisser. I will fuck you up."
By now the poor man was spooked and he ran out of the room as fast as humanly possible. Jongho was laughing hysterically and he laughed so hard, his eyes started to water up in happy tears. "Turdkisser, seriously, Yun?" Jongho cracked up in more laughter. "So mature."
Yunho ignored him and turned to me. "Where's your chambers?"
I pointed at the room across the hall. "T-That one---wait, what are you doing?!"
Yunho was carrying me bridal style, much to my chagrin, and carried me across to my room. Ilri was in there just resting and her eyes widened comically when she saw the scene. I told her everything that happened between me and Yunho and she was more than willing to leave the room to give me and Yunho some privacy.
"I think we need to talk," he began.
"You think?" I hissed in annoyance when he put me down. "What do you think you're doing just dragging me here, in my private quarters, nonetheless!"
Yunho crossed his arms together. "You slept in my bed without fail, Y/N. This is double standards."
My brain went haywire and I began to avoid eye contact. Silence descended between the two of us. After last night, I told myself that I would avoid him, but here we are, at the confines of my private space, alone with nothing better to do. "Nonetheless. I've been trying to get you alone since last week," Yunho's deep voice rumbled through the entire room. His eyes were watching me calculatingly and it was making me uncomfortable. "Why are you avoiding me?"
I stuttered at the straightforward question. "I-I wasn't, I was b-busy with the kingdom's affairs."
"If you're going to lie to me, look me in the eye while you do so," Yunho said. His domineering presence was so suffocating. He wasn't wrong though. This was exactly what I was afraid of, that my heart would open up to him again once we were alone so as much as possible, I tried not to be near him. He tried to come near me, but I panicked. Hurt laced his expression when stepped back from him.
"You can't do this to me," I shook my head, willing the unwelcome tears in my eyes to go away "Seven years, that's a long time, how long are you going to torture me like this?"
Yunho sighed, rubbing his temples with his fingers. It was something he did when he was stressed. That realization made my blood run cold - seven years had passed yet his mannerisms came like second nature to me. "I tried, Y/N, I tried very, very hard in all those seven years," Yunho took a step forward, and I took a step back. "Please, can you just hear me out?"
"I-I don't owe you anything," I shook my head.
"You're right, you don't owe me anything," Yunho said softly. "I'm sorry," he said. "Seven years since that day, Y/N. There hasn't been a day where I never regretted what happened. If I could turn back time..."
My heart felt heavy like a boulder had been placed on top of my chest. "So much has happened," I sighed. "You hated me, you would have rather I died than be anything else besides your prisoner. I-I don't understand where you're coming from right now."
"I was going to set you free when I found that letter in your room," he began to explain, all the pain was written in his face. "You're right. I hated you, I still do."
That stung a lot more than I'd like. "I hate you for leaving," Yunho's voice cracked. "Why would you leave?"
I hesitated if I should tell him the truth. For years, that day has haunted me in my dreams and I was left with all the imagination in the world of what could have been had I just thrown that letter away like I did with the others. "I-I wasn't going to," I whispered, looking down the floor because I don't want to see his expression. "I was going to tell you, but you beat me to it."
Then, Yunho chuckled, and that chuckled turned into a full-blown laugh that sounded akin to a crazed man that lost his mind so long ago. And then, a groan of pain and misery. "For the longest time, I thought I did the right thing," Yunho took a deep breath in and stared at me. "But why did your departure make my chest burn?"
Tears started flowing from my eyes and before I knew it, I was sobbing heavily. So all that loneliness was for nothing? The dreams I had of what could have been were supposed to be what should have been?
"You're beautiful you know?" Yunho whispered. "Have I ever told you how beautiful you are?"
My head started beating a thousand times per minute. I shook my head no. "You are the most beautiful person I have ever laid my eyes on," Yunho confessed, walking another step towards me. "I lost all control and I caught myself staring at you a lot. Control is a very important thing to me, Y/N. It's what makes me function."
"I know," I smiled bitterly. "You loved controlling me."
"I did, you're right, and you know what? Maybe I still do," Yunho sighed heavily, the said control on his form slowly slipping away. There was a slight pause before Yunho continued. "It was awful," he whispered. "I couldn't eat because I'd remember your favourites. I couldn't sleep because you'd be my first thought when I woke up. I couldn't sleep in my own bed because the pillows still smell like you."
All the pain from years ago awakened inside of me. I wasn't going to tell him that my life wasn't any better. "I loved you so much," Yunho closed his eyes and a pained expression crossed his face. "I still do. I didn't realize just how much until you completely left me for good."
My breath got cut short. He loved me. I shook my head adamantly, refusing to believe him. "Y-You don't mean that," my voice broke towards the end.
Yunho tried to touch me again but I refused. "I tried to keep you for as long as I could," he pleaded for me.
I raised a brow. "What the hell does that mean? You mean as your slave and your personal punching bag whenever you were angry? You think that was my life to live, Yunho?"
"No, I didn't mean it---"
"And what about all the times where I would be alone wondering if you were finally going to snap?!"
"But I wasn't---"
"You don't love me, Yunho, you never did---"
"I let you go because my hatred turned into obsession, Y/N. I was fucking obsessed with you!" Yunho roared, making me stop. "Do you know how that makes me feel?"
"Stop talking, I'm b-begging you," I sniffled pathetically.Â
"Do you know? Do you?!" Yunho shouted, pounding his chest with his hands repeatedly. "I want you so fucking bad, Y/N, I want you so bad that I don't know what I'll do if I don't have you soon because I am going insane."
The better version of me would have walked out from this room and she would have known what to do. But unfortunately, it was difficult to undo the trauma I've gone through. Yunho turned to me and his eyes became soft when he saw the sobs that wracked my bod3
"You're the one hurting me right now, Yunho, it's you!" I screamed. It was the first time I said his name again, I wish it was in better circumstances. "It's been seven years and this is what you give me again after so long? I-I can't act in a way that curbs that sick pleasure in your gut!"
"I'm fucked up, okay?" Yunho begged and he tried to hold me but I avoided him. He looked like I just slapped him in the face. "Precious, please let me hold you, just once, please."
Who was this man? The king I knew would have never asked me of this, let alone beg anyone for their consent. "I imprisoned you, hurt you, killed your father, took your life away for a year and I gave you all the hurt you never knew as a princess," Yunho ran his hands on his face.Â
"But I don't hate you," I said exasperatedly. "Even in the beginning never did because to a certain extent, I understood where you were coming from." I sat on my bed in defeat, plopping down on the soft mattress. "I just never expected to fall in love with you down the line," I whispered. "It was torture, Yunho. It made me so angry and ashamed of myself."
Yunho sat on the bed next to me. "You love me?" he asked.
I turned to him and glared. "Really? I said all of that and that's the only one you heard?"
He shrugged. "Why didn't you ever tell me?"
"Are you kidding?" I snorted. "I was a disgraced princess, why would I tell you? Plus right now, I'm sorry to say, but I'm just more angry than anything else."
Yunho smiled, and I had to pause. My heart refused to be still, it was the first time I ever saw Yunho have such an expression. He looked so young again, so carefree, and so different. He leaned down and gave my lips a small peck. I closed my eyes and blush beet red.
Darn it, darn it, darn it! Why is it that this stupid body can't control itself?!
He held my face with his hands and softly caressed me. "Tell me you still love me, precious," Yunho was slowly leaning in on me. He stared at my lips. "I wish I was the only one who kissed you."
I frowned and I was about to protest but then I remembered a certain man who reminded me of a fox. "It was your order," I deadpanned, unimpressed. "Wooyoung was just following it."
"Yeah, but he didn't have to be that into it," he rolled his eyes. "I swear I wanted to punch him that day."
I couldn't help but giggle at that. For the first time in years, I felt so much lighter, like a heavy baggage has been lifted off of my shoulders. I felt brand new and I can breathe freely. Had I known it felt this good to let go, I would have done it a while ago. "What now?" I asked him.
"I want to kiss you," Yunho admitted. "I want to spend the rest of my life with you, if you'll have me."
He stroked my cheek ever so slightly and I nod ever so slightly. Something stirred inside me when Yunho pulled me up so I straddled his waist. "You're beautiful," Yunho whispered. "So beautiful."
And then we were kissing. Everything felt right at this moment and I couldn't help but tear up a little. Yunho swallowed my grief as his own and matches the passion we both had for each other. I moaned a bit when he began sucking on my bottom lip. I remember the kisses he stole from me from time to time before, but none of them felt like this. None of them expressed Yunho's strong desire for me. It wasn't slow and sweet, but it wasn't fast and rough either - we were both just desperate for each other. It was the reason why both our clothes were gone already.
"Yun..." I mewled softly when I felt his fingers play with my heated core masterfully, hitting all the good spots all at once.
"You can take more, precious, take it all in for me," he groaned.
At first he inserted a finger inside me, then two, and then a third one until I couldn't take him anymore. He smirked at my squirming body. "I didn't know you were this sensitive," he kissed my body all over. "Makes me want to have you even more."
He looked directly in my eye as he watched me take his long, skillful fingers. The wet sounds of my pussy fill the room and it spurs him on to finger fuck me harder. "O-Oh God, Yunho," I moaned his name loudly. "Yunho!"
He groaned lowly as he watched, barely able to talk as he watched his fingers disappear inside me over and over again. He leaned down to claim my lips in a heated, fevered kiss. Suddenly, I was lifted up until I was on top of him and I was basically sitting directly on his face. "Yunho, wait---"
"Hush, precious."
I screamed both in pleasure and in pain when he swatted the fleshy part of my ass. "You're going to take what I give you, yes?" I hesitated, my senses being clouded, and Yunho spanked me harder, his entire palm marking my ass as his. "Answer me, Y/N."
"Yes, yes, yes--oh, Yunho!"
He wrapped his arms on my waist, pulled me down, and his tongue immediately licked thick stripes on my pussy. I nearly saw heaven then and there. It was so obscene, the way he made love to my pussy with his mouth while I was on top was so erotic. âY-Yunho, please!" I screamed, pure ecstasy running through my veins.
He stopped. "Tell what you want, precious, tell daddy what you want..."
I almost came when I heard that. "Yun, I-I need you..."
I sighed in pleasure when his fingers started stroking my throbbing clit. "Yun, please, please, oh..."
"I need you to be specific, Y/N," he murmured. "Tell. Me. What. You. Want."
"I want you inside me!"
That was what it took for Yunho to grab me and flip me underneath him. He wasted no time pushing his thick cock inside me, and I was almost driven to insanity when the feel of his hard cock filling me. We both groaned at the euphoric sensation. "I want to lose myself in you," Yunho moaned as his hips moved. His voice was breathy and intense. "Can I fuck you the way I want?"
I nodded without any doubts. Short, but hard, thrusts opened and stretched me as his lips crashed into mine again. Within moments, Yunho lost all control of himself and began fucking me in ways I never thought my body was able to take. "Wrap your arms around my neck," Yunho growled.
I did as follows and it was all it took. He was almost violent with his thrusts as he kept grunting over and over again as his cock penetrated me deeper and deeper."Y/N," he growled deeply in my ear.
I went from moaning to crying when he suddenly pulled and then thrusted back in and buried himself balls deep. Yunho pounded and pounded me until I was nothing but a screaming mess for him, and I loved every second of it. Suddenly, he pulled out. "Turn around," he demanded. "Onto your hands and knees."
Oh God, he was going to take me from behind. I complied and he grabbed my hips and immediately went back inside me. I screamed his name. "You're tighter like this, fuck..."
"Harder, Yunho, p-please," I begged him with a whimper. Yunho smirked and slammed onto me so hard, I wouldn't be surprised if I woke up the next day all bruised. He was hitting me in all the right places and I drooled all over the bed while screaming Yunho's name repeatedly.
"Yunho, Yunho, fuck, Y-Yunho," I grit out. "I-I think I'm gonna c-come.."
That familiar pressure of an oncoming orgasm was about to hit me and it was so overwhelming and almost unbearable. "Fuck!" I shrieked with each thrust of his hips and the way his hands would grab my hips and slam in onto his so I could meet his strokes harder and harder was driving me absolutely insane.
"Oh, shit, precious, fuck," Yunho's voice was guttural, borderline animalistic. "I'm going to fucking come, where do you want it?"
"I-Inside, please, Y-Yunho--"
"Fucking hell," he hissed. "Oh my fucking God, Y/N..."
I heard Yunho's loud groan of my name as I shook and my jerked while the heights of my orgasm took over my body. Ropes of warm liquid hitting the back of my pussy almost triggered another orgasm from me while Yunho continued riding out his high. We laid there for a moment, internalizing what just happened between the two of us, but one thing was for sure - neither of us regretted what happened and we likely never will. One last tremor racked my body and then we were done.
"What now?" I asked softly, all energy drained as I collapsed on top of him when he flipped us again.
Yunho grabbed the blanket and covered our naked bodies with it. "I don't know," he whispered back as he tenderly caressed my back. "To be honest, I don't want to think about it. I just want to focus on us for now."
"I love you," I blurted out, remnants of that high still evident in my tone.
"I love you too," Yunho whispered, placing a tender kiss on my forehead. "You are the best thing that ever happened to me, Y/N. I will never stop wishing that we met in different circumstances, but I'm okay with it now."
"A-Are you sure?" I frowned. "There's not much I can offer you, Yun."
Yunho shook his head. "I loved you when the only thing you offered was your life. I loved you then, and I love you even more now."
"What's going to happen to our kingdoms now?" I couldn't help but ask. It was the reason why I was avoiding him.
"We'll figure it out, precious, don't worry about it," Yunho smiled at me. "You think like a queen now, I'm proud of you." He held my hand tighter. âI meant what I said last week.â
âWhich was?â
âMarry me, Y/N,â Yunho whispered. âI donât think I can live without you anymore. Itâll keep the other ministers off your back too.â
âI-I donât know,â I told him truthfully. âDonât you think this all too fast? Itâs been seven years, do we even know each other anymore?â
âI donât know about you,â he turned to look at me with a small smile. âBut I will never, ever forget you. See, these people like that fucker, Lord Dogwhistle? Status chaser.â He grabs my head possessively and gives me a swift kiss. âI loved you before all of this, Y/N,â he murmured. âPlease, marry me? You donât have to say yes now, I can give up Dune if youâd like.â
That statement shocked me. âWhat? Y-You canât do that Yunho, you love DuneâŠâ
âI know,â he sighed. âBut I love you more. Jongho is getting married to a nearby princess, I will figure something out.â
âBut Yun,â I frowned. This man was willing to give up a whole kingdom for me, but I canât let him do that. âJongho doesnât seem like the type to want to rule.â
He avoided eye contact. âYouâre right, he doesnât,â Yunho said. He looked so lost. âBut I canât give you up anymore.â
A thought suddenly crossed my mind. âWhy didnât you come sooner?â I frowned. âSeven years is a long time to finally tell me all of this.â
âBecause I donât want to mess you up again, and truth be told, I was pretty messed up myself,â Yunho sighed deeply. âThe best thing I could do back then was support your cause, I gave you every little penny I possibly could.â
I was a bit surprised. He leans in and buries his head on my neck. âYou did it, didnât you? You abolished that law.â
âHow much did you donate to help the cause, Yunho?â
âEnough to surpass every little asshole out there trying to outdo me so they could impress you. I worked hard to get rid of the flies buzzing around you asking for marriage, I wasnât about to let some fuckface have you.â
I pushed him away in slight annoyance. âThat was you?â I hissed. âAll this time I thought nobody just wanted to marry me!â Yunho laughed at my chagrin and all my anger melted. For the first time in a while, we both felt lighter than ever before. His laughter was the sweetest thing I have ever heard and I would love to hear it over and over again until my days come to an end. âI guess Iâll marry you,â I shrugged, trying hard not to burst into laughter.
Yunho looked like a deer in headlights. âYou will?â
I pretended to think about it. âI guess so, you owe me a lot, Jeong Yunho.â
Yunho laughed again - oh, it sounded so sweet - and he stared at me as he wrapped his arms tighter around me. âThis feels good,â he murmured. âI feel so much lighter. I canât even be mad at your father anymore.â
That surprised me. âW-What?â
âIf it werenât for your father, I wouldnât have even met you at all,â he revealed. âI know itâs not an excuse and I would spend the rest of my life begging for your forgiveness, but for the longest time, I felt so selfish for feeling that way.â
My heart went out to him and all the walls of doubt crumbled on my end. Might I regret giving Yunho a chance? Yes, but the what-ifs will kill me more than protecting myself. I have spent years denying myself of what little happiness I have. âYou donât have to choose between your people and mine anymore,â I assured him. I know he felt bad for loving because his people suffered.
Yunho looked at me, pain and confliction still evident on his face. I held his face in mine and he nuzzled his face onto it, it made my heart explode. âPeople like us,â I started. âHappiness is very difficult to come by because of the duties attached to our life. I-I just want to be happy, Yunho, donât you?â
Yunho smiled at me and then gave my forehead the most tender and loving kiss. "You're going to be with me right? You're never going to leave me? You donât know how much this makes me happy, precious," Yunho grabbed onto my hand. "Together?"
I held his hand tighter as I leaned down onto his hard chest. "Together."
Important note for Author, please read: Hello, everyone <3 The reason why I made this longer is that I'm going on vacation for Lord-knows-how long. I've planned this for a while, but now I need it. TMI, but I have a two-year old kid and lately, writing had felt more like a chore to me rather than something I enjoyed on top of my real life responsibilities. For that, I feel so sad that my passion is kind of dwindling a little. Rest assured I will be back as soon as possible, it's just that the vacation has been planned 8-10 months in advanced.
With love,
Aren.
SYNOPSIS: You and sunghoon we're in a arranged marriage, you were a famous model in Korea and sunghoon's parents was impressed by your beauty and they arranged you and sunghoon in a marriage, while you are their trying your best to make sunghoon in love with you but he was just in love with someone else. But what if you fell out of love because of him and he just fell for you in the ending...
PAIRING: millionaire!sunghoon x model-fem!reader x model!jake
GENRES: Love triangle, one sided love, romance, fluff, angst, smau, love story, short story
FEATURING: Sana (used face), enhypen, le sserafim (kazuha and sakura), Ive (wonyoung and liz), gidle (miyeon)
WARNINGS: swearing, bullying, crack, sunghoon is a cheater in here, yuri is a pick me bitch
STATUS: ongoing
TAGLIST(OPEN): @deobitifull @hiqhkey @dneltrise @maybemiko @babystrlla @smugrogerina
NOTE: AHHHHH it is finally ready! I am so happy đ hope you will all like it. Please make this blow up! đ I will be happy if this reached 50 likes...Even if it is just little likes it will make me happy. Hope you will you look forward to this smau! -Love yuna!
[PROFILES]
| girly pops | trios | big hoes | material girlies |
[CHAPTERS]
1. She's at it again
2. yuri the bitch
3. fuck off yall
4. jayn my shipđđ
5. I JUST FUCKING ASKED HER OUT!!
6. WE'RE HERE IF HE BROKE YOUR HEART!!!
7. CONGRATULATIONSđ„łđđ
by VeryBerry
This was something...
flowers bloom and so does his heat�
pairing: snowleopard!Sunghoon X bunny!femreader
synopsis: your boyfriend starts his heat as the flowers begin to bloom. As he takes it out on you. You donât know if youâre going to make it out alive â genre: smut (MDNI 18+), fluff, est. relationship, hybrids. Warnings under cut
word count: 447
A/n: hi.. Iâm back. I got an idea after seeing someone talk about it but like it was about gojo. Yes Iâve been well. Just I donât really feel that motivated to write as much. I try to but. DOESNT work out. Idk if Iâm going to update QoD soon. But Iâll see.
Masterlist
warnings: unprotected sex, knots, breeding, rough sex, some slapping, swearing, pet names, kissing.
The weather was warming up. Flowers blooming, sun out, plus many more things.. which includes the heat of your snow leopard boyfriend, Sunghoon. Clearly being a bunny you knew you wouldnât survive.
âCome on you can take one more..â he teases your folds. Softly rubbing it in circles. Overstimulated so much by your th orgasm. You lost count. Gosh every part of your body was in flames. Thanks to him.
You slur your words. Mumbling.. already cock drunk. âHuh.. What was that sweetheart? I couldnât hear.â the leopard teases you, enjoying you in this state. He slowly pumped two fingers in your stuffed cunt.
âHa- s-not.. fair.â You managed to speak out. âWhatâs not fair.? That Iâm fucking you.. Awee baby.. well..â he slaps your ass softly before realigning himself back to your fucked out hole. âGuess you have toâfuckingâ take it.â He shoves his cock back in. The snug tight fit, almost making him come.
âHa-sweets. Feel.. so fucking goodâ Sunghoon lifts up you legs putting you into a mating press. You can feel him go deeper, making you let out a whimper. âFeels good doesnât it? Of course it does.. mhm..â He starts thrusting, his hips having their own mind. âI could stay here forever..â
Youâre too fucked out to even comprehend anything your boyfriend was saying. Gasps and moans exiting your mouth. With each growing thurst Sunghoon was growing more hungry, more feral. Only you can have this effect on him. âWife.. my wife.. gonna.. out a ring in your finger.. make sure.. your tummy is fullâstuffed.â He leans in, sucking your neck making sure heâll leave marks for everyone to see.
âMaking sure youâre stuffed.. of my knot..â He growls losing his sanity as he fucks you. You feel.. something, something bulging and hot. âSung-â
âMy knot.. making sure you fucking take itâ he slams harder.. the living room filled the sound of moan, growls, whimpers, skin slapping. You donât doubt the neighbors have heard you by now.
âMy wife.. mhm.. so perfect for me.. and only me..â You feel a tight knot in your lower belly.. âmhm.. boutta.. cum.â You whimper. Sunghoon chuckles using one hand to rub your clit. Hoping youâll cum in any second.
His large girth hitting all the right spots, you cum, cunt pulsing and clenching around his cock.. barely allowing him to move and causing his orgasm.
Sunghoon grabs your neck and slams your lips together. Teeth grazing into the sloppy kiss, you moan I it the kiss as you feel him come inside you again.
âMhm.. fuck we arenât stopping till you get pregnant .. gotta let everyone know youâre my wife..â
yeah you arenât surviving this.
© ynsvnte copyright 2025